M

o
t
h
e
r
b
o
a
r
d
P5B Premium
ii
E4217
First Edition V1
September 2008
Copyright © 2008 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved.
No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced,
transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any
means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written
permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (“ASUS”).
Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modifed or altered, unless
such repair, modifcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the
product is defaced or missing.
ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS
DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE),
EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY
DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT.
SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR
INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE,
AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO
RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS
MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT.
Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or
copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identifcation or explanation and to the
owners’ beneft, without intent to infringe.
iii
Contents
Contents ...................................................................................................... iii
Notices ........................................................................................................ vii
Safety information .................................................................................... viii
About this guide ......................................................................................... ix
P5B Premium specifcations summary .................................................... xi
Chapter 1: Product introduction
1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2
1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features .................................. 1-4
1.3.3 ASUS Special features ................................................... 1-7
1.3.4 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features .......................... 1-7
1.3.5 ASUS features and the supporting OS ........................... 1-8
Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2
2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2
2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2
2.2.3 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3
2.2.4 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-4
2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6
2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-7
2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ................................ 2-9
2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan ..........................2-11
2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13
2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-13
2.4.2 Memory confgurations .................................................. 2-13
2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-17
2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-17
2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18
2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-18
2.5.2 Confguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-18
2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-19
2.5.4 PCI slots ........................................................................ 2-20
2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot ....................................................... 2-20
iv
Contents
2.5.6 Two PCI Express x16 slots ........................................... 2-20
2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-22
2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23
2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-23
2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-26
2.7.3 Installing the optional fan .............................................. 2-37
Chapter 3: Powering up
3.1 Starting up for the frst time ........................................................ 3-1
3.2 Turning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2
3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2
Chapter4: BIOS setup
4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1
4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1
4.1.2 Creating a bootable foppy disk ....................................... 4-4
4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-5
4.1.4 AFUDOS utility ................................................................ 4-6
4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................... 4-8
4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9
4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ........................................................ 4-10
4.2.2 Menu bar ....................................................................... 4-10
4.2.3 Navigation keys ............................................................. 4-10
4.2.4 Menu items ....................................................................4-11
4.2.5 Sub-menu items .............................................................4-11
4.2.6 Confguration felds ........................................................4-11
4.2.7 Pop-up window ..............................................................4-11
4.2.8 Scroll bar ........................................................................4-11
4.2.9 General help ..................................................................4-11
4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-12
4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] ................................................. 4-12
4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] ....................................... 4-12
4.3.3 Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] ................................................................4-12
4.3.4 Language [English] ....................................................... 4-12
4.3.5 SATA 1-6 ....................................................................... 4-13
4.3.6 IDE Confguration .......................................................... 4-14
v
Contents
4.3.7 System Information ....................................................... 4-15
4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-16
4.4.1 JumperFree Confguration ............................................ 4-16
4.4.2 LAN Cable Status ......................................................... 4-19
4.4.3 USB Confguration ........................................................ 4-19
4.4.4 TPM Confguration ........................................................ 4-21
4.4.5 CPU Confguration ........................................................ 4-22
4.4.6 Chipset .......................................................................... 4-23
4.4.7 OnBoard Devices Confguration ................................... 4-25
4.4.8 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-26
4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-27
4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] ................................................... 4-27
4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled] ....................... 4-27
4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [Disabled] ......................................... 4-27
4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ....................................... 4-27
4.5.5 APM Confguration ........................................................ 4-28
4.5.6 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-29
4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-31
4.6.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-31
4.6.2 Boot Settings Confguration .......................................... 4-32
4.6.3 Security ......................................................................... 4-34
4.7 Tools menu ................................................................................. 4-36
4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-36
4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profle ......................................................... 4-37
4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-38
Chapter 5: Software support
5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1
5.2 Support CD information .............................................................. 5-1
5.2.1 Running the support CD ................................................. 5-1
5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2
5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3
5.2.4 Make Disk menu ............................................................. 5-4
5.2.5 Manuals menu ................................................................ 5-5
5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-5
5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-6
5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-8
vi
Contents
5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2™ ........................................................... 5-8
5.3.2 AI NET2 ........................................................................ 5-10
Using the Virtual Cable Tester™ .................................................. 5-10
5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ..........................................................5-11
5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ............................................................... 5-17
5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear ............................................................... 5-19
5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap ................................................................ 5-20
5.3.7 ASUS AI N.O.S. ............................................................ 5-21
5.3.8 ASUS Q-Fan ................................................................. 5-22
5.3.9 ASUS AI Booster ........................................................... 5-23
5.3.10 AI Remote (Limited Edition only) .................................. 5-24
5.3.11 TPM .............................................................................. 5-32
5.3.12 SoundMAX
®
High Defnition Audio utility ....................... 5-36
5.4 Windows Vista features ............................................................. 5-41
5.4.1 ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller) ....................5-41
5.4.2 BitLocker Drive Encryption ............................................ 5-42
5.5 RAID confgurations .................................................................. 5-43
5.5.1 Installing Serial ATA hard disks ..................................... 5-44
5.5.2 Intel
®
RAID confgurations ............................................. 5-44
5.5.3 JMicron
®
RAID Confguration ........................................ 5-52
5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-60
5.6.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS .... 5-60
5.6.2 Creating a RAID driver disk in Windows® .................... 5-60
Chapter 6: ATI
®
CrossFire™ technology support
6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.1 Requirements .................................................................. 6-1
6.1.2 Before you begin ............................................................. 6-1
6.2 Installing CrossFire™ graphics cards ....................................... 6-2
6.3 Software information ................................................................... 6-5
6.3.1 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-5
6.3.2 Using the Catalyst™ Control Center ............................... 6-7
Appendix: CPU features
A.1 Intel
®
EM64T ..................................................................................A-1
A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep
®
Technology (EIST) ........................A-1
A.3 Intel
®
Hyper-Threading Technology ...........................................A-3
vii
Notices
Federal Communications Commission Statement
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful interference, and
• This device must accept any interference received including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However,
there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If
this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Canadian Department of Communications Statement
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions
from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the
Canadian Department of Communications.
This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is
required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifcations
to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.
viii
Safety information
Electrical safety
• To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the
electrical outlet before relocating the system.
• When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the
power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are
connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system
before you add a device.
• Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure
that all power cables are unplugged.
• Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord.
These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit.
• Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area.
If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using,
contact your local power company.
• If the power supply is broken, do not try to fx it by yourself. Contact a
qualifed service technician or your retailer.
Operation safety
• Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all
the manuals that came with the package.
• Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the
power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer
immediately.
• To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from
connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry.
• Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in
any area where it may become wet.
• Place the product on a stable surface.
• If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualifed
service technician or your retailer.
ix
About this guide
This user guide contains the information you need when installing and confguring
the motherboard.
How this guide is organized
This guide contains the following parts:
• Chapter 1: Product introduction
This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new
technology it supports.
• Chapter 2: Hardware information
This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform
when installing system components. It includes description of the switches,
jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard.
• Chapter 3: Powering up
This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down
the system.
• Chapter 4: BIOS setup
This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup
menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
• Chapter 5: Software support
This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the
motherboard package and the software.
• Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire™ support
This chapter describes the ATI CrossFire™ feature and shows the graphics
card installation procedures.
• Appendix: CPU features
The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the
motherboard supports.
Where to fnd more information
Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and
software updates.
1. ASUS websites
The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and
software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information.
2. Optional documentation
Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty
fyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not
part of the standard package.
x
Conventions used in this guide
To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following
symbols used throughout this manual.
Typography
Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select.
Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase.
<Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign
means that you must press the enclosed key.

Example: <Enter> means that you must press the
Enter or Return key.
<Key1+Key2+Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the
key names are linked with a plus sign (+).

Example: <Ctrl+Alt+D>
Command Means that you must type the command exactly
as shown, then supply the required item or value
enclosed in brackets.

Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line:
afudos /i[flename]
afudos /iP5B-Premium.ROM
DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself
when trying to complete a task.
CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components
when trying to complete a task.
NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a
task.
IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a
task.
xi
P5B Premium specifcations summary
CPU LGA775 socket for Intel
®
Core™2 Quad /
Core™2 Extreme / Core™2 Duo / Pentium
®
Extreme /
Pentium
®
D / Pentium
®
4 / Celeron
®
D Processors
Compatible with Intel
®
05B/05A/06 processors
Intel
®
Hyper-Threading Technology ready
* Refer to www.asus.com for Intel CPU support list
Chipset Intel
®
P965 / ICH8R with Intel
®
Fast Memory Access
Technology
System Bus 1066 / 800 / 533 MHz
Memory 4 x DIMM, max. 8GB, DDR2 800 / 667 / 533 MHz,
non-ECC, un-buffered memory
Dual channel memory architecture
* Refer to www.asus.com or user manual for Memory
QVL (Qualify Vendor List)
Expansion Slots 2 x PCI-E x16 (blue @ x16 mode, black @ x4 or x2
mode) supports CrossFire technology
1 x PCI-E x1 (x1 or disabled mode)
3 x PCI 2.2
Storage Southbridge
- 6 x SATA 3.0 Gb/s ports
- Intel Matrix Storage Technology supports RAID 0, 1,
5 and 10.
JMicron
®
JMB363 PATA and SATA controller
- 1 x UltraDMA 133/100/66 for up to 2 PATA devices
- 1 x Internal SATA 3.0 Gb/s port
- 1 x External SATA 3.0 Gb/s port (SATA On-the-Go)
- Support SATA RAID 0, 1 and JBOD (by 1 x External
SATA and 1 x Internal SATA)
LAN Dual Gigabit LAN controllers, both featuring AI NET2
Marvell
®
PCI-E and PCI Gigabit LAN controllers
Audio ADI
®
AD1988B 8-channel High Defnition Audio CODEC
- Coaxial / Optical S/PDIF out ports at back I/O
Support Jack-detecting, Multi-streaming, and Front panel
Jack-retasking
IEEE 1394 TI
®
1394a controller supports 2 x IEEE 1394a ports (one
at midboard; one at back panel)
USB 8 x USB2.0 ports (4 ports at mid-board, 4 ports at back
panel)
ASUS AI Lifestyle
Unique features
AI Remote (Limited Edition only)
ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller)
AP Trigger (Limited Edition only)
TPM
(continued on the next page)
xii
P5B Premium specifcations summary
ASUS AI Lifestyle
Unique features
ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution:
- ASUS AI Gear
- ASUS AI Nap
- ASUS 8-Phase Power Design
- ASUS Fanless Design: Heat-pipe solution
- ASUS Fanless Design: Stack Cool 2
- ASUS Q-Fan 2
ASUS Crystal Sound:
- ASUS Noise Filter
- ASUS Array Mic
ASUS EZ DIY:
- ASUS Q-Connector
- ASUS O.C. Profle
- ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3
- ASUS EZ Flash 2
- ASUS Power LED
ASUS Exclusive
Overclocking Features
Intelligent overclocking tools:
- AI NOS™ (Non-delay Overclocking System)
- AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner)
- ASUS AI Booster utility
Precision Tweaker:
- vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 6.25mV increment
- vDIMM: 13-step DRAM voltage control
- vChipset: 4-step Chipset voltage control
SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection)
- FSB tuning from 100MHz up to 650MHz at 1MHz
increment
- Memory tuning from 533MHz up to 1066MHz
- PCI Express frequency tuning from 100MHz up to
150MHz at 1MHz increment
Overclocking Protection:
- ASUS C.P.R.(CPU Parameter Recall)
Other Features ASUS MyLogo2™
Multi-language BIOS
Back Panel I/O Ports 1 x PS/2 Keyboard
1 x PS/2 Mouse
1 x Serial port
1 x S/PDIF Out (Coaxial + Optical)
1 x External SATA
1 x IEEE1394a
2 x RJ45 port
4 x USB 2.0/1.1
8-Channel Audio I/O
(continued on the next page)
xiii
P5B Premium specifcations summary
Internal I/O Connectors 2 x USB connectors support additional 4 USB ports
1 x Floppy disk drive connector
1 x IDE connector
1 x TPM connector
7 x SATA connectors
1 x CPU Fan connector
3 x Chassis Fan connector
1 x Power Fan connector
1 x IEEE1394a connector
Front panel audio connector
1 x S/PDIF Out Header
Chassis Intrusion connector
CD audio in
24-pin ATX Power connector
2 x 4-pin ATX 12V Power connector
System Panel
BIOS Features 8 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM
BIOS 2.3, ACPI 2.0a, Multi-language BIOS, ASUS EZ
Flash 2, ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3
Manageability WfM 2.0, DMI 2.0, WOL by PME, WOR by PME, PXE
Accessories AI Remote (Limited Edition only)
UltraDMA 133/100/66 cable
SATA cables
SATA power cables
I/O Shield
User's manual
Array mic
2 in 1 Q-connector
Support CD Contents Drivers
ASUS PC Probe II
ASUS Update
ASUS AI Suite
Anti-virus software (OEM version)
Form Factor ATX Form Factor, 12”x 9.6” (30.5cm x 24.4cm)
*Specifcations are subject to change without notice.
xiv
1
Product
introduction
This chapter describes the motherboard
features and the new technologies
it supports.
ASUS P5B Premium
Chapter summary
1
1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS P5B Premium 1-1
1.1 Welcome!
Thank you for buying an ASUS
®
P5B Premium motherboard!
The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it
another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards!
Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the
items in your package with the list below.
If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer.
1.2 Package contents
Check your motherboard package for the following items.
Motherboard ASUS P5B Premium
Cables Serial ATA power and signal cable for 2 devices
1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable
Accessories I/O shield
ASUS Array Mic
1 x ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB, system
panel; Retail version only)
1 x AI Remote Kit (Limited Edition only)
Application CD ASUS motherboard support DVD
Documentation User guide
1-Z Chapter 1: Product Introduction
1.3 Special features
1.3.1 Product highlights
Green ASUS
This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European Union’s Restriction
on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS). This is in line with the ASUS vision
of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard
consumers’ health while minimizing the impact on the environment.
Intel
®
Quad-core Processor Ready
This motherboard supports the latest Intel the latest Intel
®
Quad-core processors in the LGA775
package. It is excellent for multi-tasking, multi-media and enthusiastic gamers with
1066 / 800 MHz FSB. Intel
®
Quad-core processor is one of the most powerful CPU is one of the most powerful CPU
in the world.
Intel
®
Core™2 Duo/ Intel
®
Core™2 Extreme CPU support
This motherboard supports the latest Intel
®
Core™2 processor in the LGA775
package. With the new Intel
®
Core™ microarchitecture technology and 1066 /
800 MHz FSB, the Intel
®
Core™2 is one of the most powerful and energy effcient
CPUs in the world.
Intel P965 Chipset
The Intel
®
P965 Express Chipset is the latest chipset designed to support 8GB
of dual-channel DDR2 800/677/533 architecture, 1066/800 FSB (Front Side
Bus), PCI Express x16 graphics and multi-core CPU. It especially includes Intel
®

Fast Memory Access technology that signifcantly optimizes the use of available
memory bandwidth and reduces the latency of the memory accesses.
DDR2 memory support
The motherboard supports DDR2 memory that features data transfer rates
of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest
3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2
architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system
performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.8 GB/s.
Furthermore, this motherboard does not restrict the memory size across two
channels. Users may install different memory size DIMMs into the two channels
and enjoy dual-channel and single-channel functions at the same time. This new
feature optimizes the use of available memory size. See page 2-13 for details.
ASUS P5B Premium 1-3
Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go
This motherboard supports the next-generation hard drives based on the Serial ATA
(SATA) 3Gb/s storage specifcation, delivering enhanced scalability and doubling
the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves. The external SATA port
located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. Easily backup
photos, videos and other entertainment contents to external devices. See pages
2-24, and 2-27 for details.
Dual RAID solution
The Intel
®
P965 chipset incorporates six Serial ATA connectors with high
performance RAID 0, 1, 5 and 10 functions. The JMicron controller provides
another two Serial ATA connectors for RAID 0, 1, and JBOD functions. Making this
motherboard an ideal solution to enhance hard disk performance and data back up
protection without the cost of add-on cards. See pages 2-27 to 2-29 for details.
IEEE 1394a support
The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video
appliances such as digital television, digital video camcorders, storage peripherals &
other PC portable devices. See pages 2-23 and 2-30 for details.
S/PDIF digital sound ready
This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio
systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY-PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks.
It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the
best signal quality. See pages 2-25 and 2-34 for details.
Dual Gigabit LAN solution
The integrated dual Gigabit LAN design allows a PC to serve as a network gateway
for managing traffc between two separate networks. This capability ensures rapid
transfer of data from WAN to LAN without any added arbitration or latency. See
page 2-23 for details.
High Defnition Audio
Enjoy high-end sound quality on your PC! The onboard 8-channel HD audio (High
Defnition Audio, previously codenamed Azalia) CODEC enables high-quality
192KHz/24-bit audio output, jack-sensing feature, retasking functions and multi-
streaming technology that simultaneously sends different audio streams to different
destinations. You can now talk to your partners on the headphone while playing
multi-channel network games. See pages 2-23 and 2-24 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product Introduction
1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features
AI Remote (Limited Edition only)
The revolutionary AI Remote gives you unprecedented control from the comfort of
your couch. With just the touch of a button, you can quickly do your usual computer
activities such as turn ON/OFF your PC, launch your favorite applications by
enabling AP Trigger function, or control AI Gear and AI Nap. The AI Remote also
gives you the comfort of a traditional remote on media player. Have an AI Remote
in your hand and do more with your PC from a distance!
ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller)
ASAP gets you to your destination ASAP. ASAP accelerates the boot up time,
and program initiation. Thus, ASAP delivers greater effciency and gets more
productivity out of your system with the Windows Vista ReadyBoost™ function.
AP Trigger (Limited Edition only)
The AP Trigger allows you to quickly boot or resume directly into media or into your
favorite applications. With just a touch of a button on the AI Remote controller, you
can quickly turn on your PC and launch predefned applications simultaneously!
ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution
ASUS Quiet Thermal solution makes system more stable and enhances the
overclocking capability.
AI Gear
AI Gear provides four modes that adjust the CPU frequency and Vcore
voltage minimizing system noise and power consumption. You can choose
the mode that best suits your computing needs. See page 5-19 for details.
AI Nap
With AI Nap, the system can continue running at minimum power and noise
when you are temporarily away. To wake the system and return to the OS
environment, simply click the mouse or press a key. See page 5-20 for
details.
ASUS P5B Premium 1-5
8-Phase Power Design
The ASUS 8-Phase Power Design provides highly effcient operation to
generate less heat (at least 15°C (59°F)) than other conventional power
solutions. It reduces input ripple current and output ripple voltage, which
keeps CPU and power module from suffering the risk of high power stress.
It has the advantages of quick transient response and stability, especially
benefcial when CPU requires more current immediately under heavy loading
or overclocking mode.
Fanless Design - Stack Cool 2
ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers
the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard
uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat
these critical components generate.
Fanless Design - Heat-pipe
The Heat Pipe design effectively directs the heat generated by the chipsets to
the heatsink near the back IO ports, where it can be carried away by existing
airfow from CPU fan or bundled optional fan. The purpose of the innovative
heat pipe design on this motherboard is that the groundbreaking fanless
design does not have lifetime problems as a chipset fan does. Furthermore, it
provides options for users to install side-fow fan or passive cooler. The Heat
Pipe design is the most reliable fanless thermal solution to date.
Q-Fan 2
ASUS Q-Fan2 technology intelligently adjusts both CPU fan and chassis fan
speeds according to system loading to ensure quiet, cool and effcient operation.
See page 4-29, 4-30 and 5-22 for details.
ASUS Crystal Sound
This feature can enhance speech-centric applications like Skype, online game,
video conference and recording.
ASUS Array Mic
The Bundled Superbeam Array Microphone receives only the sound
coming from the reception cone and ignores the sounds coming from other
directions. This mechanism eliminates a large number of interferences,
including neighboring speakers and reverberations. It also uses advanced
de-reverberation techniques to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the
speech engine. This feature can enchance speech-centric applications like
Skype, online game, video conference, and recording. See page 5-38 for
details.
1-6 Chapter 1: Product Introduction
Noise Filter
This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like
computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates
it in the incoming audio stream while recording. See page 5-38 for details.
ASUS EZ DIY
ASUS EZ DIY feature collection provides you easy ways to install computer
components, update the BIOS or back up your favorite settings.
ASUS Q-Connector
ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect or disconnect the chassis
front panel cables to the motherboard. This unique module eliminates the
trouble of connecting the system panel cables one at a time and avoiding
wrong cable connections. See page 2-36 for details.
ASUS O.C. Profle
The motherboard features the ASUS O.C. Profle that allows users to
conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be
stored in the CMOS or a separate fle, giving users freedom to share and
distribute their favorite settings. See page 4-37 for details.
ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3
The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data
from a USB fash disk containing the BIOS fle. See page 4-8 for details.
ASUS EZ Flash 2
EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility. Simply press the predefned
hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS.
Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an
OS-based fash utility. See pages 4-5 and 4-36 for details.
ASUS Power LED
The motherboard comes with a newly designed ASUS Power LED that lights
up in two colors to show the system power status. Blue indicates that the
system is in sleep/soft-off mode and red indicates that the system is ON. The
ASUS Power LED helps remind you to shut down the system and unplug the
power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component.
See page 2-1 for details.
ASUS P5B Premium 1-7
1.3.3 ASUS Special features
ASUS MyLogo2™
This feature allows you to convert your favorite photo into a 256-color boot logo for
a more colorful and vivid image on your screen. See page 4-32 for details.
ASUS Multi-language BIOS
The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the
available options. The localized BIOS setup menu helps you confgure your system
easier and faster. See page 4-12 for details.
1.3.4 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features
AI NOS™ (Non-Delay Overclocking System)
The patented ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System™ (AI NOS™) technology
auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed when
needed. Unlike other dynamic overclocking techniques, AI NOS™ reacts much
faster to satisfy your need for speed. See page 4-16 and 5-21 for details.
Precision Tweaker
This feature allows you to fne tune the CPU/memory voltage and gradually
increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz
increment to achieve maximum system performance.
C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall)
The C.P.R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the
BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the
system hangs due to overclocking, C.P.R. eliminates the need to open the system
chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the
BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter.
Due to the chipset behavior, AC power off is required before using C.P.R.
function.
1-8 Chapter 1: Product Introduction
1.3.5 ASUS features and the supporting OS
Refer to the following table for the OS that supports ASUS features.
Win 2000 XP 32bit XP 64bit Vista 32bit Vista 64bit
AI Remote v v v v
AP Trigger v v v v
ASAP Function as USB fash only v v
AI NOS v v v v v
AI Gear v v v v v
AI Nap v v v v v
AI Booster v v v v v
Array Mic v v v v v
Noise Filter v v v v v
SoundMAX v v v ※ ※
PC Probe II v v v v v
AI NET 2 v v v v v
2
Hardware
information
This chapter lists the hardware setup
procedures that you have to perform
when installing system components. It
includes description of the jumpers and
connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5B Premium
Chapter summary
2
2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2
2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6
2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13
2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18
2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-22
2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23
ASUS P5B Premium 2-1
Onboard LED
The motherboard comes with a newly designed ASUS Power LED that lights up
in two colors to show the system power status. Blue indicates that the system is
in sleep/soft-off mode and red indicates that the system is ON. The ASUS Power
LED helps remind you to shut down the system and unplug the power cable before
removing or plugging in any motherboard component.
2.1 Before you proceed
Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components
or change any motherboard settings.
• Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any
component.
• Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or
a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling
components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity.
• Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them.
• Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded
antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component.
• Before you install or remove any component, ensure
that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached
from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the
motherboard, peripherals, and/or components.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Onboard LED
Sleep/Soft-OFF ON
(blue) (red)
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
2.2 Motherboard overview
Before you install the motherboard, study the confguration of your chassis to
ensure that the motherboard fts into it.
Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the
motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage
motherboard components.
Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard.
2.2.1 Placement direction
When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the
correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis
as indicated in the image below.
2.2.2 Screw holes
Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard
to the chassis.
Place this side towards
the rear oI the chassis
ASUS P5B Premium 2-3
2.2.3 Motherboard layout
PANEL
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
AAFP
CHASSIS
24.5cm (9.6in)
3
0
.
5
c
m

(
1
2
.
0
i
n
)
CPU_FAN
D
D
R
2

D
I
M
M
_
B
1

(
6
4

b
i
t
,
2
4
0
-
p
i
n

m
o
d
u
l
e
)
D
D
R
2

D
I
M
M
_
A
1

(
6
4

b
i
t
,
2
4
0
-
p
i
n

m
o
d
u
l
e
)
D
D
R
2

D
I
M
M
_
A
2

(
6
4

b
i
t
,
2
4
0
-
p
i
n

m
o
d
u
l
e
)
D
D
R
2

D
I
M
M
_
B
2

(
6
4

b
i
t
,
2
4
0
-
p
i
n

m
o
d
u
l
e
)
CHA_FAN3
F
L
O
P
P
Y
S
u
p
e
r
I
/
O
TSB43AB22A
CD
PCIEX1_1
PCIEX16_2
CLRTC
Intel
®
ICH8R
E
A
T
X
P
W
R
P
R
I
_
I
D
E
CR2032 3V
Lithium Cell
CMOS Power
Intel
®
P965
PCI1
USB56
LAN_USB12
PS/2KBMS
T: Mouse
B: Keyboard
LAN_USB34
AUDIO
PCIEX16_1
PCI2
PCI3
8
8
E
8
0
0
1
CHA_FAN2
JMicron
JMB363
SPDIF_OUT
USB910_ASAP
LGA775
T: 1394
B: F_ESATA
CHA_FAN1
IE1394_2
SPDIF_O1
SPDIF_O2
C
O
M
1
SATA5
TPM
USB78
SATA2
SATA1
SATA6 SATA4
SATA3
EATX12V
SATA_RAID1
AD1988
88E8056
P
W
R
_
F
A
N
SPI_J1
Refer to 2.7 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and
internal connectors.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.2.4 Layout contents
Slots Page
1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-13
2. PCI slots 2-20
3. PCI Express x1 slot 2-20
4. PCI Express x16 slots 2-20
5. Universal PCI-E slot 2-21
Jumper Page
1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-22
Rear panel connectors Page
1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-23
2. Serial port 2-23 Serial port 2-23 2-23
3. IEEE 1394a port 2-23 IEEE 1394a port 2-23 2-23
4. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-23 Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-23 2-23
5. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-23 Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-23 2-23
6. Line In port (light blue) 2-23 Line In port (light blue) 2-23 2-23
7. Line Out port (lime) 2-23 Line Out port (lime) 2-23 2-23
8. LAN 1/2 (RJ-45) port) 2-23 LAN 1/2 (RJ-45) port) 2-23 ) 2-23
9. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4 2-24 2-24
10. Microphone port (pink) 2-24 Microphone port (pink) 2-24 2-24
11. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-24 Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-24 2-24
12. External SATA port 2-24 External SATA port 2-24 2-24
13. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-25 Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-25 2-25
14. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-25 Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-25
15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-25
ASUS P5B Premium 2-5
Internal connectors Page
1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-26 Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-26 2-26
2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI�IDE) 2-26 IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI�IDE) 2-26 2-26
3. ICH8R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], 2-27 ICH8R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], 2-27 2-27 2-27
SATA2 [red],SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black], SATA5 [red], SATA6 [red])
4. JMicron JMB363 JMicron JMB363
®
Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA�RAID) 2-28 2-28 2-28
5. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) 2-29
6. USB connectors
Vista Edition: (10-1 pin USB56, USB 78)
Standard Edition: (10-1 pin USB56, USB 78, USB910�ASAP)) 2-29 2-29 2-29
7. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394�2) 2-30 IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394�2) 2-30 2-30
8. CPU, chassis, power, and chipset fan connectors 2-31 CPU, chassis, power, and chipset fan connectors 2-31 2-31 2-31
(4-pin CPU�FAN, 3-pin CHA�FAN1, 3-pin CHA�FAN2,
3-pin CHA�FAN3, 3-pin PWR�FAN)
9. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-32 Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-32 2-32
10. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 2x4-pin EATX12V) 2-32 ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 2x4-pin EATX12V) 2-32 2-32
11. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-33 Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-33 2-33
12. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-34 Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-34 2-34
13. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) 2-34 Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) 2-34 2-34
14. System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) 2-35 System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) 2-35 2-35

2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the
Intel
®
Core™2 Quad/ Core™2/ Pentium
®
D/ Pentium
®
4/ Pentium
®
Extreme and
Celeron
®
D processors.
• Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on
the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer
immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP
cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost
of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related.
• Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return
Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes
with the cap on the LGA775 socket.
• The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts
resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/
incorrect removal of the PnP cap.
• Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU.
• If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the
CHA�FAN1 connector to ensure system stability.
ASUS P5B Premium 2-7
3. Lift the load lever in the direction of
the arrow to a 135º angle.
2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is
released from the retention tab.
Retention tab
Load lever
This side of the socket box
should face you.
PnP cap
A
B
To prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you
are installing a CPU.
2.3.1 Installing the CPU
To install a CPU:
1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard.
Before installing the CPU, make sure that the cam box is facing towards you
and the load lever is on your left.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM CPU Socket 775
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information
5. Position the CPU over the
socket, making sure that
the gold triangle is on the
bottom-left corner of the
socket then ft the socket
alignment key into the
CPU notch.
Alignment key
Gold triangle mark
6. Close the load plate (A), then
push the load lever (B) until it
snaps into the retention tab.
7. If installing a dual-core CPU,
connect the chassis fan cable
to the CHA�FAN1 connector to
ensure system stability.
A
B
The CPU fts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the
socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU!
The motherboard supports Intel
®
LGA775 processors with the Intel
®
Enhanced
Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), Enhanced Intel SpeedStep
®
Technology
(EIST), and Hyper-Threading Technology. Refer to the Appendix for more
information on these CPU features.
4. Lift the load plate with your thumb
and forefnger to a 100º angle (A),
then push the PnP cap from the load
plate window to remove (B).
Load plate
A
B
CPU notch
ASUS P5B Premium 2-9
Fastener
Motherboard hole
2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan
The Intel
®
LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan
assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance.
To install the CPU heatsink and fan:
1. Place the heatsink on top of the
installed CPU, making sure that the
four fasteners match the holes on
the motherboard.
• When you buy a boxed Intel
®
processor, the package
includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. If you buy a CPU separately,
make sure that you use only Intel
®
-certifed multi-directional heatsink and
fan.
• Your Intel
®
LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design
and requires no tool to install.
• If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure
that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU
heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly.
Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you
install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly.
Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing
outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.)
Orient the heatsink and fan
assembly such that the CPU fan
cable is closest to the CPU fan
connector.
Narrow end
of the groove
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information
3. Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled
CPU�FAN.
2. Push down two fasteners at a time in
a diagonal sequence to secure the
heatsink and fan assembly in place.
B
A
A
A B
B
DO NOT forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors
can occur if you fail to plug this connector.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM CPU fan connector
CPU_FAN
G
N
D
C
P
U

F
A
N

P
W
R
C
P
U

F
A
N

I
N
C
P
U

F
A
N

P
W
M
A
B
ASUS P5B Premium 2-11
2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU
heatsink and fan
To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan:
1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from
the connector on the motherboard.
2. Rotate each fastener
counterclockwise.
3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in
a diagonal sequence to disengage
the heatsink and fan assembly from
the motherboard.
B
B
A
A
A
A B
B
4. Carefully remove the heatsink
and fan assembly from the
motherboard.
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information
5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when
reinstalling.
Narrow end of the groove
Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for
detailed information on CPU fan installation.
The narrow end of the
groove should point
outward after resetting.
(The photo shows the
groove shaded for
emphasis.)
ASUS P5B Premium 2-13
2.4 System memory
2.4.1 Overview
The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory
Modules (DIMM) sockets.
A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a
240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched
differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket.
The fgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets:
2.4.2 Memory confgurations
You may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2
DIMMs into the DIMM sockets.
• You may install varying memory sizes in Channel A and Channel B. The
system maps the total size of the lower-sized channel for the dual-channel
confguration. Any excess memory from the higher-sized channel is then
mapped for single-channel operation.
• Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum
compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the
same vendor.
• Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB
system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules.
• This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb
chips or double sided x16 memory modules.
Channel 5ockets
Channel A DIMM�A1 and DIMM�A2
Channel B DIMM�B1 and DIMM�B2
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets
D
I
M
M
_
A
2
D
I
M
M
_
A
1
D
I
M
M
_
B
2
D
I
M
M
_
B
1
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information
• If you install four 1 GB memory modules, the system may detect less than
3 GB of total memory because of address space allocation for other critical
functions. This limitation applies to Windows XP 32-bit version operating
system since it does not support PAE (Physical Address Extention) mode.
• If you install Windows XP 32-bit version operating system, we recommend
that you install less than 3GB of total memory.
Notes on memory limitations
• Due to chipset limitation, this motherboard can only support up to
8 GB on the operating systems listed below. You may install a maximum of
2 GB DIMMs on each slot, but only DDR2-533 and DDR2-667 2 GB density
modules are available for this confguration.
• Some old-version DDR2-800/667 DIMMs may not match Intel
®
’s
On-Die-Termination (ODT) requirement and will automatically downgrade to
run at DDR2-533. If this happens, contact your memory vendor to check the
ODT value.
• Due to chipset limitation, DDR2-800 with CL=4 will be downgraded to run
at DDR2-667 by default setting. If you want to operate with lower latency,
adjust the memory timing manually.
• Due to chipset limitation, DDR2-667 with CL=3 will be downgraded to run
at DDR2-533 by default setting. If you want to operate with lower latency,
adjust the memory timing manually.
32-bit 64-bit
Windows 2000 Advanced Server Windows XP Professional x64 Edition
Windows Vista x64 Edition
ASUS P5B Premium 2-15
P5B Premium Motherboard Qualifed Vendors Lists (QVL)
DDR2-800MHz capability
Qualifed Vendors List (QVL) Standard table for user manual
Size Vendor Chip No. CL
Chip
Brand
SS/
DS
Part No.
DIMM support
A* B* C*
1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821BFP-S5 N/A N/A DS HYMP512U64BP8-S5 V V V
512MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ N/A N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80EA3 V V V
1024MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ N/A N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-80EA3 V V V
512MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX N/A N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 V V
1024MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX N/A N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-
80ED4
V V
512MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX N/A N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 V V V
1024MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX N/A N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-
80ED4
V V
512MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A SS CM2X512A-6400 V V
1024MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A DS CM2X1024-6400PRO V V V
1024MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A DS CM2X1024-6400C4 V V V
512MB A-DATA N/A N/A N/A SS M2OAD6G3H3160J1E52 V V V
512MB A-DATA AD29608A8A-25EG N/A N/A SS M20AD6G3H3160I1E5E V
1024MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A N/A DS BL12864AA804.16FA V V V
512MB Apacer E2508AB-GE-E N/A N/A DS 78.91091.420 V
P5B PremiumSeries Motherboard Qualifed Vendors Lists (QVL)
DDR2-667MHz capability
Qualifed Vendors List (QVL) Standard table for user manual
Size Vendor Chip No. CL
Chip
Brand
SS/
DS
Part No.
DIMM support
A* B* C*
512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E N/A N/A SS KVR667D2N5/512 V V V
1024MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E N/A N/A DS KVR667D2N5/1G V V
512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E N/A N/A SS KVR667D2E5/512 V V V
256MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3 N/A N/A SS KVR667D2N5/256 V
512MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6 N/A N/A DS M378T6453FZ0-CE6 V V
512MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC N/A N/A SS M378T6553CZ0-CE6 V
1024MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC N/A N/A DS M378T2953CZ0-CE6 V V
256MB Infneon HYB18T512160AF-3S N/A N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-A V V V
512MB Infneon HYB18T512800AF3S N/A N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-A V V V
1024MB Infneon HYB18T512800AF3S N/A N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3S-A V V
256MB Infneon HYB18T512160BF-3S N/A N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-B V
512MB Infneon HYB18T512800BF3S N/A N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-B V V V
1024MB Infneon HYB18T512800BF3S N/A N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3S-B V V V
512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 N/A N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 V V V
512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 N/A N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 V V V
256MB ELPIDA E2508AB-6E-E N/A N/A SS EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E V V
512MB ELPIDA E5108AE-6E-E N/A N/A SS EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E V V V
512MB A-DATA E5108AE-6E-E N/A N/A SS M20EL5G3H3160B1C0Z V V V
512MB A-DATA AD29608A8B-3EG N/A N/A SS M20AD5Q3H3163J1C52 V V
512MB Transcend E5108AE-6E-E N/A N/A SS TS64MLQ64V6J V V
512MB Transcend J12Q3AB-6 N/A N/A SS JM367Q643A-6 V V
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information
P5B Premium Motherboard Qualifed Vendors Lists (QVL)
DDR2-533 MHz capability
Qualifed Vendors List (QVL) Standard table for user manual
Size Vendor Chip No. CL
Chip
Brand
SS/
DS
Part No.
DIMM support
A* B* C*
256MB KINGSTON E5116AF-5C-E N/A N/A SS KVR533D2N4/256 V V V
512MB KINGSTON HYB18T512800AF37 N/A N/A SS KVR533D2N4/512 V V V
1024MB KINGSTON 5YDIID9GCT N/A N/A DS KVR533D2N4/1G V V V
512MB Infneon HYB18T512800AC37 N/A N/A SS HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A V V V
256MB Infneon HYB18T512160AF-3.7 N/A N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A V V V
512MB Infneon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A V V V
1024MB Infneon HYB18T512800AF37 N/A N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A V V V
2048MB Infneon HYB18T1G800AF-3.7 N/A N/A DS HYS64T256020HU-3.7-A V V
256MB Infneon HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 N/A N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B V V
512MB Infneon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B V V V
1024MB Infneon HYB18T512800BF37 N/A N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B V V
512MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A N/A SS HYMP564U648-C4 V V V
512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 V V V
256MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E N/A N/A SS 78.81077.420 V
256MB KINGMAX E5116AB-5C-E N/A N/A SS KLBB68F-36EP4 V
512MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 V V
1024MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A N/A DS KLBD48F-A8EB4 V V V
512MB KINGMAX KKEA88E4AAK-37 N/A N/A SS KLBC28F-A8KE4 V V V
1024MB KINGMAX 5MB22D9DCN N/A N/A DS KLBD48F-A8ME4 V V V
512MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A N/A SS TS64MLQ64V5J V V V
1024MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 N/A N/A DS TS128MLQ64V5J V V
SS - Single-sided DS - Double-sided
DIMM support:
A - Supports one module inserted into either slot, in Single-channel memory confguration.
B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either Channel A or Channel B as one pair of Dual-
channel memory confguration.
C - Supports four modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel
memory confguration.
Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667/533 MHz QVL.
ASUS P5B Premium 2-17
2.4.3 Installing a DIMM
Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other
system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the
motherboard and the components.
To install a DIMM:
1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing
the retaining clips outward.
2. Align a DIMM on the socket
such that the notch on the DIMM
matches the break on the socket.
3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the
socket until the retaining clips
snap back in place and the DIMM
is properly seated.
2.4.4 Removing a DIMM
To remove a DIMM:
1. Simultaneously press the retaining
clips outward to unlock the DIMM.
2. Remove the DIMM from the socket.
• A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fts in only one direction. Do
not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM.
• The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR
DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets.
Unlocked retaining clip
DDR2 DIMM notch
Support the DIMM lightly with
your fngers when pressing the
retaining clips. The DIMM might
get damaged when it fips out with
extra force.
DDR2 DIMM notch
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.5 Expansion slots
In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections
describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support.
2.5.1 Installing an expansion card
To install an expansion card:
1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with
it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card.
2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a
chassis).
3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw
for later use.
4. Align the card connector with the slot and press frmly until the card is
completely seated on the slot.
5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier.
6. Replace the system cover.
2.5.2 Confguring an expansion card
After installing the expansion card, confgure it by adjusting the software settings.
1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See
Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup.
2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page.
3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card.
Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion
cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard
components.
When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support “Share
IRQ” or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conficts will
arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card
inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
ASUS P5B Premium 2-19
2.5.3 Interrupt assignments
Standard interrupt assignments
lRO Priority 5tandard Function
0 1 System Timer
1 2 Keyboard Controller
2 — Re-direct to IRQ#9
3 11 IRQ holder for PCI steering*
4 12 Communications Port (COM1)*
5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering*
6 14 Floppy Disk Controller
7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)*
8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock
9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering*
10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering*
11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering*
12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port*
13 8 Numeric Data Processor
14 9 Primary IDE Channel
15 10 Secondary IDE Channel
* These IRQs are usually available for PCI devices.
IRQ assignments for this motherboard
A B C D L F G H
PCI slot 1 — — — — — used — —
PCI slot 2 — — — — — — shared —
PCI slot 3 — — — — — — — shared
LAN(8001) — — — shared — — — —
SATA(363) shared — — — — — — —
LAN(8056) — shared — — — — — —
PCIE x16 1 shared — — — — — — —
PCIE x16 2 shared — — — — — — —
PCIE x1 — — shared — — — — —
USB controller 1 — — — — — — — shared
USB controller 2 — — — shared — — — —
USB controller 3 — — shared — — — — —
USB controller 4 shared — — — — — — —
USB controller 5 — shared — — — — — —
USB 2.0 controller 1 — — — — — — — shared
USB 2.0 controller 2 — — shared — — — — —
SATA controller 1 — — shared — — — — —
SATA controller 2 — shared — — — — — —
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.5.4 PCI slots
The PCI slots support cards such as
a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card,
and other cards that comply with PCI
specifcations. The fgure shows a LAN
card installed on a PCI slot.
2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot
This motherboard supports PCI Express
x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other
cards that comply with the PCI Express
specifcations. The following fgure
shows a network card installed on the
PCI Express x1 slot.
2.5.6 Two PCI Express x16 slots
This motherboard supports two ATI
CrossFire™ PCI Express x16 graphics
cards that comply with the PCI Express
specifcations. The fgure shows two
graphics cards installed on the PCI
Express x16 slots.
See Chapter 6 for details on the
CrossFire™ technology feature.
ASUS P5B Premium 2-21
• We recommend that you install a graphics card on the primary (blue)
PCI Express slot and install other PCI Express devices on the black PCI PCI
Express x16 slot..
• In CrossFire™ mode, install the ATI CrossFire™ Edition (Master) graphics
card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slot.
• Install two ATI graphics cards from the same GPU family that support
CrossFire™ mode.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.6 Jumper
1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC)
This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS.
You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters
by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery
powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such
as system passwords.
To erase the RTC RAM:
1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord.
2. Remove the onboard battery.
3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on
pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2.
4. Reinstall the battery.
5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer.
6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup
to re-enter data.
• You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to
overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU
Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS
can automatically reset parameter settings to default values.
• Due to the chipset behavior, AC power off is required to enable C.P.R.
function. You must turn off and on the power supply or unplug and plug the
power cord before reboot the system.
Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper
default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure!
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Clear RTC RAM
CLRTC
Normal Clear RTC
(Default)
1 2 2 3
A5U5 P5B Premium 2-23
2.7 Connectors
2.7.1 Rear panel connectors
1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse.
2. Serial port. This 9-pin COM1 port is for pointing devices and other serial
devices.
3. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed
connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable
devices.
4. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer
speakers.
5. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a
4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio confguration..
6. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or
other audio sources.
7. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In
4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel confguration, the function of this port
becomes Front Speaker Out.
8. LAN 1/2 (RJ-45) port. Supported by Marvell
®
Gigabit LAN controller, this port
allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network
hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications.
1
15
2 3
12 13 14
8
9
4
10 11
6 7 5
Activity/Link Speed LED
Status Description Status Description
OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection
ORANGE Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection
BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection
LAN port LED indications
SPEED
LED
ACT/LINK
LED
LAN port
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information
The external SATA port supports
external Serial ATA
3.0 Gb/s devices. Longer
cables support higher power
requirements to deliver signal up
to two meters away, and enables
improved hot-swap function.
Refer to the audio confguration table below for the function of the audio ports in
2, 4, 6, or 8-channel confguration.
Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel confguration
Port Headset
2-channel
4-channel 6-channel 8-channel
Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In
Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out
Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In
Orange – – Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer
Black – Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out
Gray – – – Side Speaker Out
9. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB)
ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices.
12. External SATA port. This port connects to an external a Serial ATA hard disk
drive. To confgure a RAID0, RAID1, or JBOD set, install an external Serial
ATA hard disk drive and an internal Serial hard disk drive connected to the
onboard Serial ATA connector labeled SATA�RAID or SATA�RAID1.
10. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone.
11. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an
8-channel audio confguration.
Connect the IR receiver ONLY to USB port 3 and 4, which supports remote
control function. Plugging any other USB devices to these two ports will turn on
the computer.
A5U5 P5B Premium 2-25
13. Optical S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device
via an optical S/PDIF cable.
14. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device
via a coaxial S/PDIF cable.
15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard.
• DO NOT insert a different connector to this port.
• DO NOT unplug the external Serial ATA box when a RAID 0 or JBOD is
confgured.
• Before creating a RAID set using Serial ATA hard disks, make sure that you
have connected the Serial ATA signal cable and installed Serial ATA hard
disk drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the JMicron RAID utility and SATA
BIOS setup during POST.
• If you intend to create a RAID confguration using this connector, set the
JMicron Controller item in the BIOS to [RAID Mode]. See section “4.4.6
Onboard Device Confguration” for details.
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.7.2 Internal connectors
1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY)
This connector is for the provided foppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert
one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the
signal connector at the back of the foppy disk drive.
Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when
using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5.
2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE)
The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable.
There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable:
blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard’s IDE
connector, then select one of the following modes to confgure your device.
• Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the
Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you
connect the IDE cable.
• Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices.
If any device jumper is set as “Cable-Select,” make sure all other device
jumpers have the same setting.
Drive jumper setting Mode of
device(s)
Cable connector
Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black
Two devices Cable-Select Master
Black
Slave Gray
Master Master Black or gray
Slave Slave
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Floppy disk drive connector
NOTE: Orient the red markings on
the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1.
PIN 1
FLOPPY
A5U5 P5B Premium 2-27
3. ICH8R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], SATA2 [red], SATA3
[black], SATA4 [black], SATA5 [red], SATA6 [red])
These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk
drives.
If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID
1, RAID 5, RAID 10 confguration with the Intel
®
Matrix Storage Technology
through the onboard Intel
®
ICH8R RAID controller.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM IDE connector
P
R
I
_
I
D
E
NOTE: Orient the red markings
(usually zigzag) on the IDE
ribbon cable to PIN 1.
PRI_IDE
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM SATA connectors
SATA1
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
P
3
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
N
3
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
P
3
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
N
3
G
N
D
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
P
1
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
N
1
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
P
1
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
N
1
G
N
D
SATA3
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
P
4
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
N
4
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
P
4
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
N
4
G
N
D
SATA4
SATA2
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
P
2
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
N
2
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
P
2
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
N
2
G
N
D
SATA5
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
P
5
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
N
5
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
P
5
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
N
5
G
N
D
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
P
6
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
N
6
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
P
6
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
N
6
G
N
D
SATA6
• These connectors are set to Standard IDE mode by default. In Standard
IDE mode, you can connect Serial ATA boot/data hard disk drives to these
connectors. If you intend to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these
connectors, set the [Confgure SATA as] item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See
section “4.3.6 IDE Confguration” on page 4-14 for details.
• For RAID 5, use at least three hard disk drives. For RAID 10, use at least
four hard disk drives. Use two to four Serial ATA hard disk drives for each
RAID 0 or RAID 1 set.
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information
4. JMicron JMB363
®
Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_RAID)
This connector is for a Serial ATA signal cable. This connector supports a
Serial ATA hard disk drive, which you can combine with an external Serial
ATA hard disk drive to confgure for RAID via the onboard Serial ATA RAID
controller.
The JMicron JMB363 controller item in the BIOS is set to [IDE] by default,
allowing you to use the connectors to build a RAID set. See section “4.4.6
Onboard Device Confguration” for details.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM SATA_RAID connector
SATA_RAID1
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
P
1
R
S
A
T
A
_
T
X
N
1
G
N
D
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
P
1
R
S
A
T
A
_
R
X
N
1
G
N
D
Connect the right-angle side
of SATA signal cable to SATA
device. Or you may connect the
right-angle side of SATA cable to
the onboard SATA port to avoid
mechanical confict with huge
graphics cards.
right angle side
• You must install Windows
®
2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows
®
XP
Service Pack 1 before using Serial ATA hard disk drives. The Serial ATA
RAID feature (RAID 0/RAID 1/RAID 5/RAID 10) is available only if you are
using Windows
®
2000/XP or later version.
• When using the connectors in Standard IDE mode, connect the primary
(boot) hard disk drive to the SATA1/2/5/6 connector. Refer to the table
below for the recommended SATA hard disk drive connections.
Serial ATA hard disk drive connection
Connector Color Setting Use
SATA1/2/5/6 Red Master Boot disk
SATA3/4 Black Slave Data Disk
A5U5 P5B Premium 2-29
Before creating a RAID set using Serial ATA hard disks, make sure that you
have connected the Serial ATA signal cables and installed Serial ATA hard disk
drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the JMicron
®
JMB363 RAID utility and SATA
BIOS setup during POST.
5. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM)
This connector supports a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) system, which can
securely store keys, digital certifcates, passwords, and data. A TPM system
also helps enhance network security, protects digital identities, and ensures
platform integrity.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM TPM connector
6. USB connectors
Vista Edition: (10-1 pin USB56, USB 78)
Standard Edition: (10-1 pin USB56, USB 78, USB910_ASAP)
These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable
to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the
back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0
specifcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM
USB 2.0 connectors
USB56
U
S
B
+
5
V
U
S
B
_
P
6
-
U
S
B
_
P
6
+
G
N
D
N
C
U
S
B
+
5
V
U
S
B
_
P
5
-
U
S
B
_
P
5
+
G
N
D
1
USB78
U
S
B
+
5
V
U
S
B
_
P
8
-
U
S
B
_
P
8
+
G
N
D
N
C
U
S
B
+
5
V
U
S
B
_
P
7
-
U
S
B
_
P
7
+
G
N
D
1
USB910_ASAP
N
C
G
N
D
U
S
B
_
P
1
0
+
U
S
B
_
P
1
0
-
U
S
B
+
5
V
G
N
D
U
S
B
_
P
9
+
U
S
B
_
P
9
-
U
S
B
+
5
V
1
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information
Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector. Doing so will damage
the motherboard!
You can connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394, red) frst, and
then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard.
Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the
motherboard!
7. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2)
This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module
cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back
of the system chassis.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM
IEEE 1394a connector
IE1394_2
1
G
N
D
+
1
2
V
T
P
B
1
-
G
N
D
T
P
A
1
-
+
1
2
V
T
P
B
1
+
G
N
D
T
P
A
1
+
• You can connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB, blue) frst,
and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard.
• The ASAP module is for Vista Edition only.
The 1394 module is purchased seperately.
The USB module is purchased seperately.
A5U5 P5B Premium 2-31
8. CPU, chassis and power fan connectors
(4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1-3, 3-pin PWR_FAN
The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.)
or a total of 1 A ~ 7 A (84 W max.) at +12V. Connect the fan cables to the
fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each
cable matches the ground pin of the connector.
Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insuffcient air
fow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are
not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors!
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Fan connectors
CPU_FAN
CHA_FAN2
GND
Rotation
+12V
G
N
D
R
o
t
a
t
i
o
n
+
1
2
V
G
N
D
C
P
U

F
A
N

P
W
R
C
P
U

F
A
N

I
N
C
P
U

F
A
N

P
W
M
CHA_FAN3
G
N
D
R
o
t
a
t
i
o
n
+
1
2
V
CHA_FAN1
PWR_FAN
GND
Rotation
+12V
• Only the CPU-FAN and CHA-FAN 1-3 connectors support the ASUS Q-
FAN 2 feature.
• If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear
chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labled CHA�FAN1
or CHA�FAN2 for better themal environment.
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information
10. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 2x4-pin EATX12V)
These connectors are for ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs
are designed to ft these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper
orientation and push down frmly until the connectors completely ft.
9. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS)
This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch.
Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this
connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to
this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal
is then generated as a chassis intrusion event.
By default , the pin labeled “Chassis Signal” and “ Ground” are shorted with
a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the
chassis intrusion detection feature.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Chassis intrusion connector
CHASSIS
+
5
V
S
B
_
M
B
C
h
a
s
s
i
s

S
i
g
n
a
l
G
N
D
(Default)
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM
ATX power connectors
EATXPWR
EATX12V
+3 Volts
+3 Volts
Ground
+5 Volts
+5 Volts
Ground
Ground
Power OK
+5V Standby
+12 Volts
-5 Volts
+5 Volts
+3 Volts
-12 Volts
Ground
Ground
Ground
PSON#
Ground
+5 Volts
+12 Volts
+3 Volts
+5 Volts
Ground
G
N
D
+
1
2
V

D
C
G
N
D
+
1
2
V

D
C
G
N
D
+
1
2
V

D
C
G
N
D
+
1
2
V

D
C
• Make sure to remove the cap on the EATX12V connector before connecting
an 8-pin EPS +12V power plug.
• Use only either a 4-pin ATX12V or an 8-pin EPS +12V power plug for the
EATX12V connector.
ASUS P5B Premium 2-33
• For a fully confgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply
unit (PSU) that complies with ATX 12 V Specifcation 2.0 (or later version)
and provides a minimum power of 400 W.
• Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EATX12V power plug; otherwise,
the system will not boot.
• Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when
confguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system
may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate.
• The ATX 12 V Specifcation 2.0-compliant (400W) PSU has been tested
to support the motherboard power requirements with the following
confguration:
CPU: Intel
®
Pentium
®
Extreme 3.73GHz
Memory: 512 MB DDR2 (x4)
Graphics card: ASUS EAX1900XT
Parallel ATA device: IDE hard disk drive
Serial ATA device: SATA hard disk drive (x2)
Optical drive: DVD-RW
• If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 cards, use a PSU with
500W to 600W power or above to ensure the system stability.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Analog front panel connector
AAFP
Legacy AC ‘97 audio
pin definition
S
E
N
S
E
2
_
R
E
T
U
R
P
O
R
T
1

L
P
O
R
T
2

R
P
O
R
T
2

L
S
E
N
S
E
1
_
R
E
T
U
R
S
E
N
S
E
_
S
E
N
D
P
O
R
T
1

R
P
R
E
S
E
N
C
E
#
G
N
D
N
C
M
I
C
2
L
i
n
e

o
u
t
_
R
L
i
n
e

o
u
t
_
L
N
C
N
C
M
I
C
P
W
R
N
C
A
G
N
D
HD Audio-compliant
pin definition
11. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP)
This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that
supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. Connect one end
of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector.
• We recommend that you connect a high-defnition front panel audio
module to this connector to avail of the motherboard’s high-defnition audio
capability.
• By default, this connector is set to HD Audio. If you want to connect a
AC'97 front panel audio module to this connector, set the Front Panel
Support Type item in the BIOS setup to [AC97]. See section 4.4.6
Onboard Device Confguration for details.
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Internal audio connector
CD
R
i
g
h
t

A
u
d
i
o

C
h
a
n
n
e
l
L
e
f
t

A
u
d
i
o

C
h
a
n
n
e
l
G
r
o
u
n
d
G
r
o
u
n
d
12. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD)
This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources
such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner, or MPEG card.
(black)
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM Digital audio connector
+5V
SPDIFOUT
GND
SPDIF_OUT
13. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF)
This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF)
port(s). Connect the S/PDIF Out module cable to this connector, then install
the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis.
The S/PDIF module is purchased separately.
ASUS P5B Premium 2-35
• System power LED (2-pin PLED)
This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis
power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when
you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode.
• Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED)
This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity
LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or fashes when data is
read from or written to the HDD.
• System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER)
This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The
speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings.
• ATX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR)
This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button
turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending
on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds
while the system is ON turns the system OFF.
• Reset button (2-pin RESET)
This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system
reboot without turning off the system power.
14. System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL)
This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions.
P
5
B

P
R
E
M
I
U
M
®
P5B PREMIUM System panel connector
* Requires an ATX power supply.
PANEL
P
L
E
D
-
P
W
R
+
5
V
S
p
e
a
k
e
r
G
r
o
u
n
d
RESET
G
r
o
u
n
d
R
e
s
e
t
G
r
o
u
n
d
G
r
o
u
n
d
PWRSW
P
L
E
D
+
I
D
E
_
L
E
D
-
I
D
E
_
L
E
D
+
IDE_LED
PLED SPEAKER
2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information
ASUS Q-Connector (system panel)
You can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel
cables in a few steps. Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS Q-
Connector.
1. Connect the front panel cables to the
ASUS Q-Connector.
Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector
to know the detailed pin defnitions, then
match them to the respective front panel
cable labels.
2. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the
system panel connector, making sure
the orientation matches the labels on the
motherboard.
3. The front panel functions are now enabled.
The fgure shows the Q-Connector properly
installed on the motherboard.
ASUS P5B Premium 2-37
2.7.3 Installing the optional fan
Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler.
Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airfow
and destabilize the system.
1. Position the fan above the pipe
and heatsink assembly.
2. Fit the grooved edge to the
heatsink.
3. Carefully push down the fan until
it snugly fts the heatsink, then
connect the fan cables.
• Plug the optional fan cables to the CHA�FAN and/or PWR�FAN connector
on the motherboard.
• Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the
fan and motherboard components.
4. The above photo shows the fans
installed on the motherboard.
Do not tilt the fan.
Do not install the fan with its rear
side facing you.
2-38 Chapter 2: Hardware information
3
Powering up
This chapter describes the power up
sequence, the vocal POST messages,
and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5B Premium
Chapter summary
3
3.1 Starting up for the frst time ........................................................ 3-1
3.2 Turning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS P5B Premium 3-1
3.1 Starting up for the frst time
1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover.
2. Be sure that all switches are off.
3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system
chassis.
4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge
protector.
5. Turn on the devices in the following order:
a. Monitor
b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain)
c. System power
6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case
lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up
when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with “green”
standards or if it has a “power standby” feature, the monitor LED may light up
or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on.
The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are
running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional
messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30
seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a
power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer
for assistance.
7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the
instructions in Chapter 4.
BIOS Beep Description
One short beep VGA detected
Quick boot set to disabled
No keyboard detected
One continuous beep followed by two
short beeps then a pause (repeated)
No memory detected
One continuous beep followed by three
short beeps
No VGA detected
One continuous beep followed by four
short beeps
Hardware component failure
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up
3.2 Turning off the computer
3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function
If you are using Windows
®
2000:
1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down...
2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK
button to shut down the computer.
3. The power supply should turn off after Windows
®
shuts down.
If you are using Windows
®
XP or later version:
1. Click the Start button then select Turn Off Computer.
2. Click the Turn Off button to shut down the computer.
3. The power supply should turn off after Windows
®
shuts down.
3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch
While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts
the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting.
Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the
soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section “4.5 Power Menu”
in Chapter 4 for details.
4
BIOS setup
This chapter tells how to change
the system settings through the BIOS
Setup menus. Detailed descriptions
of the BIOS parameters are also
provided.
Chapter summary
4
ASUS P5B Premium
4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1
4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9
4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-12
4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-16
4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-27
4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-31
4.7 Tools menu ................................................................................. 4-36
4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-38
ASUS P5B Premium 4-1
4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS
The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic
Input/Output System (BIOS) setup.
1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows
®
environment.)
2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS using a foppy disk or USB fash disk.)
3. ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS using a bootable foppy disk)
4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable foppy disk,
USB fash disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS fle fails or
gets corrupted.)
Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities.
Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS fle to a bootable foppy disk or
USB fash disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the
original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities.
Installing ASUS Update
To install ASUS Update:
1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears.
2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX.
3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system.
4.1.1 ASUS Update utility
The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the
motherboard BIOS in Windows
®
environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you
to:
• Save the current BIOS fle
• Download the latest BIOS fle from the Internet
• Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS fle
• Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and
• View the BIOS version information.
This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard
package.
ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an
Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
Quit all Windows
®
applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest
you to avoid network traffc, or
click Auto Select. Click Next.
Updating the BIOS through the Internet
To update the BIOS through the Internet:
1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows
®
desktop by clicking Start
> Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update
main window appears.
2. Select Update BIOS from the
Internet option from the drop-down
menu, then click Next.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-3
Updating the BIOS through a BIOS fle
To update the BIOS through a BIOS fle:
1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows
®
desktop by clicking Start
> Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update
main window appears.
2. Select Update BIOS from a fle
option from the drop-down menu,
then click Next.
4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS
version that you wish to download.
Click Next.
5. Follow the screen instructions to
complete the update process.
The ASUS Update utility is
capable of updating itself through
the Internet. Always update the
utility to avail all its features.
3. Locate the BIOS fle from the Open
window, then click Open.
4. Follow the screen instructions to
complete the update process.
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.1.2 Creating a bootable foppy disk
1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable foppy disk.
DOS environment
a. Insert a 1.44MB foppy disk into the drive.
b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>.
Windows
®
XP environment
a. Insert a 1.44 MB foppy disk to the foppy disk drive.
b. Click Start from the Windows
®
desktop, then select My Computer.
c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon.
d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy
Disk window appears.
e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options feld,
then click Start.
Windows
®
2000 environment
To create a set of boot disks for Windows
®
2000:
a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB foppy disk into the drive.
b. Insert the Windows
®
2000 CD to the optical drive.
c. Click Start, then select Run.
d. From the Open feld, type
D:\bootdisk\makeboot a:
assuming that D: is your optical drive.
e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue.
2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS fle to the bootable foppy
disk.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-5
To update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2:
1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS fle for
the motherboard.
2. Save the BIOS fle to a foppy disk or a USB fash disk, then restart the
system.
4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility
The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go
through the long process of booting from a foppy disk and using a DOS-based
utility. The EZ Flash 2 utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing
<Alt> + <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST).
(2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the Tools menu to select EZ Flash2
and press <Enter> to enable it.
You can switch between drives by pressing <Tab> before the correct fle
is found. Then press <Enter>.
3. You can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods.
(1) Insert the foppy disk / USB fash disk that contains the BIOS fle to the
foppy disk drive or the USB port.
Press <Alt> + <F2> during POST to display the following.
• This function can support devices such as USB fash disk, or foppy disk
with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only.
• DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent
system boot failure!
4. When the correct BIOS fle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update
process and automatically reboots the system when done.
ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00
Current ROM
Update ROM
A:
Note
[Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit
[Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move
FLASH TYPE: SST 25LF080
PATH: A:\
BOARD: P5B Premium
VER: 0121
DATE: 12/23/06
BOARD: Unknown
VER: Unknown
DATE: Unknown
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.1.4 AFUDOS utility
The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS fle in DOS environment using
a bootable foppy disk with the updated BIOS fle. This utility also allows you to
copy the current BIOS fle that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets
corrupted during the updating process.
Copying the current BIOS
To copy the current BIOS fle using the AFUDOS utility:
Main flename Extension name
1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to
the bootable foppy disk you created earlier.
2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type:
afudos /o[flename]
where the [flename] is any user-assigned flename not more than eight
alphanumeric characters for the main flename and three alphanumeric
characters for the extension name.
A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom
• Make sure that the foppy disk is not write-protected and has at least
1024KB free space to save the fle.
• The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS
screen displays may not be same as shown.
The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS fle.
3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS fle to the foppy disk.
A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom
AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB))
Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved.
Reading fash ..... done
Write to fle...... ok
A:\>
Updating the BIOS fle
To update the BIOS fle using the AFUDOS utility:
1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS fle for
the motherboard. Save the BIOS fle to a bootable foppy disk.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-7
2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to
the bootable foppy disk you created earlier.
3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type:
afudos /i[flename]
where [flename] is the latest or the original BIOS fle on the bootable foppy
disk.
A:\>afudos /iP5B-Premium.ROM
Write the BIOS flename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS
flename at the DOS prompt.
5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is
completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive.
A:\>afudos /iP5B-Premium.ROM
AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB))
Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved.

WARNING!! Do not turn off power during fash BIOS
Reading fle ....... done
Reading fash ...... done

Advance Check ......
Erasing fash ...... done
Writing fash ...... done
Verifying fash .... done
Please restart your computer
A:\>
A:\>afudos /iP5B-Premium.ROM
AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB))
Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved.

WARNING!! Do not turn off power during fash BIOS
Reading fle ....... done
Reading fash ...... done
Advance Check ......
Erasing fash ...... done
Writing fash ...... 0x0008CC00 (9%)
4. The utility verifes the fle and starts updating the BIOS.
Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent
system boot failure!
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility
The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore
the BIOS fle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can
update a corrupted BIOS fle using the motherboard support CD, the foppy disk, or
the USB fash disk that contains the updated BIOS fle.
Prepare the motherboard support CD, the foppy disk or the USB fash disk
containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility.
Recovering the BIOS from the support CD
To recover the BIOS from the support CD:
1. Turn on the system.
2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive.
3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD
for the BIOS fle.
4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process.
• Only the USB fash disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition can
support ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3. The device size should be smaller than
8GB.
• DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so
can cause system boot failure!
When found, the utility reads the BIOS fle and starts fashing the corrupted
BIOS fle.
Recovering the BIOS from the USB fash disk
To recover the BIOS from the USB fash disk:
1. Insert the USB fash disk that contains BIOS fle to the USB port.
2. Turn on the system.
3. The utility will automatically checks the devices for the BIOS fle When found,
the utility reads the BIOS fle and starts fashing the corrupted BIOS fle.
4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process.
Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery...
Checking for foppy...
Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery...
Checking for foppy...
Floppy found!
Reading fle “P5B-Premium.ROM”. Completed.
Start fashing...
ASUS P5B Premium 4-9
4.2 BIOS setup program
This motherboard supports a programmable Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) chip
that you can update using the provided utility described in section “4.1 Managing
and updating your BIOS.”
Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfguring
your system, or prompted to“Run Setup.” This section explains how to confgure
your system using this utility.
Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the
confguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the
security password feature or change the power management settings. This
requires you to reconfgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the
computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the
SPI chip.
The SPI chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the
computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press
<Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise,
POST continues with its test routines.
If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing
<Ctrl+Alt+Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can
also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if
the frst two failed.
The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a
menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make
your selections from the available options using the navigation keys.
• The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions
to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after
changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system
compatibility and stability. Select the Load Default Settings item under the
Exit Menu. See section “4.8 Exit Menu.”
• The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes
only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen.
• Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS fle for
this motherboard.
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Field
Tab Select Field
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.59 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
System Time [10:55:25]
System Date [Wed 12/13/2006]
Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in]
Language [English]
SATA1 [Not Detected]
SATA2 [Not Detected]
SATA3 [Not Detected]
SATA4 [Not Detected]
SATA5 [Not Detected]
SATA6 [Not Detected]

IDE Confguration

System Information System Information
Use [ENTER], [TAB]
or [SHIFT-TAB] to
select a feld.
Use [+] or [-] to
confgure the System
Time.
4.2.2 Menu bar
The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items:
Main For changing the basic system confguration
Advanced For changing the advanced system settings
Power For changing the advanced power management (APM)
confguration
Boot For changing the system boot confguration
Tools For confguring options for special functions
Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default
settings
To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard
until the desired item is highlighted.
4.2.3 Navigation keys
At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that
particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change
the settings.
4.2.1 BIOS menu screen
The navigation keys may differ from one screen to another.
Navigation keys
General help Menu bar
Sub-menu items
Confguration felds Menu items
ASUS P5B Premium 4-11
4.2.4 Menu items
The highlighted item on the menu bar
displays the specifc items for that
menu. For example, selecting Main
shows the Main menu items.
The other items (Advanced, Power,
Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have
their respective menu items.
4.2.5 Sub-menu items
A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a
sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>.
4.2.6 Confguration felds
These felds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- confgurable,
you can change the value of the feld opposite the item. You cannot select an item
that is not user-confgurable.
A confgurable feld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To
change the value of a feld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options.
Refer to “4.2.7 Pop-up window.”
4.2.7 Pop-up window
Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the
confguration options for that item.
4.2.8 Scroll bar
A scroll bar appears on the right side of a
menu screen when there are items that do
not ft on the screen. Press the
Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page
Down> keys to display the other items on
the screen.
4.2.9 General help
At the top right corner of the menu screen
is a brief description of the selected item.
Main menu items
Scroll bar
Pop-up window
System Time [06:22:54]
System Date [Wed 12/13/2006]
Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in]
Language [English]
SATA1 [Not Detected]
SATA2 [Not Detected]
SATA3 [Not Detected]
SATA4 [Not Detected]
SATA5 [Not Detected]
SATA6 [Not Detected]
IDE Confguration
System Information
Use [ENTER], [TAB],
or [SHIFT-TAB] to
select a feld.
Use [+] or [-] to
confgure system.
4-1Z Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.3 Main menu
When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving
you an overview of the basic system information.
4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx]
Allows you to set the system time.
4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx]
Allows you to set the system date.
4.3.3 Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
Sets the type of foppy drive installed.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.]
[1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]
4.3.4 Language [English]
Allows you to select the display language for the BIOS setup screen.
Confguration options: [Chinese(BIG5)] [Chinese(GB)] [Japanese] [Français]
[German] [English]
Refer to section “4.2.1 BIOS menu screen” for information on the menu screen
items and how to navigate through them.
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Field
Tab Select Field
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.59 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
System Time [10:55:25]
System Date [Mon 07/24/2006]
Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in]
Language [English]
SATA1 [Not Detected]
SATA2 [Not Detected]
SATA3 [Not Detected]
SATA4 [Not Detected]
SATA5 [Not Detected]
SATA6 [Not Detected]

IDE Confguration

System Information System Information
Use [ENTER], [TAB]
or [SHIFT-TAB] to
select a feld.
U s e [ + ] o r [ - ]
to configure the
System Time.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-13
4.3.5 SATA 1-6
While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA
devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item
then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information.
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main
SATA 1
Device : Hard Disk
Vendor : WDC WD800JD-00LSA0
Size : 80.0GB
LBA Mode : Supported
Block Mode : 16 Sectors
PIO Mode : 4
Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2
Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-5
SMART Monitoring: Supported
Type [Auto]
LBA/Large Mode [Auto]
Block(Multi-sector Transfer)M [Auto]
PIO Mode [Auto]
DMA Mode [Auto]
SMART Monitoring [Auto]
32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled]
Select the type of
device connected to
the system.
The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device,
Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and
SMART monitoring). These values are not user-confgurable. These items show
N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system.
Type [Auto]
Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the
appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are specifcally confguring a
CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is
either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive.
Confguration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD]
LBA/Large Mode [Auto]
Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the
device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA
mode disabled. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Auto]
Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto]
Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data
transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device
supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer
from and to the device occurs one sector at a time.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Auto]
PIO Mode [Auto]
Allows you to select the data transfer mode.
Confguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4]
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
DMA Mode [Auto]
Selects the DMA mode.
Confguration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0]
[MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5]
SMART Monitoring [Auto]
Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology.
Confguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled]
32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled]
Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
SATA Confguration [Enhanced]
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced]
Configure SATA As [IDE]
Sets the confguration for the Serial ATA connectors supported by the
Southbridge chip.
The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial
ATA features that increases storage performance on random workloads by
allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands.
If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10, or the Intel
®
Matrix
Storage Technology confguration from the Serial ATA hard disk drives, set
this item to [RAID].
If you want to use the Serial ATA hard disk drives as Parallel ATA physical
storage devices, keep the default setting [IDE].
IDE Confguration
SATA Confguraton [Enhanced]
Confgure SATA as [IDE]
Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled]
IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35]
4.3.6 IDE Confguration
The items in this menu allow you to set or change the confgurations for the IDE
devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you want to
confgure the item.
Options
Disabled
Compatiable
Enhanced
ASUS P5B Premium 4-15
4.3.7 System Information
This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifcations. The BIOS
automatically detects the items in this menu.
AMI BIOS
Displays the auto-detected BIOS information.
Processor
Displays the auto-detected CPU specifcation.
System Memory
Displays the auto-detected system memory.
Select Screen
Select Item
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main
AMIBIOS
Version : 0121
Build Date : 12/23/06
Processor
Type : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3.20 GHz
Speed : 3200 MHz
Count : 1
System Memory
Available : 512 MB
If you want the Serial ATA hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Controller
Interface (AHCI), set this item to [AHCI].
Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled]
Disables or enables device write protection. This will be effective only if the device
is accessed through BIOS. Confguration option: [Disabled] [Enabled]
IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35]
Selects the time out value for detecting ATA/ATAPI devices.
Confguration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35]
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
4.4 Advanced menu
The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other
system devices.
4.4.1 JumperFree Confguration
Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect
feld values can cause the system to malfunction.
Confgure System Frequency/Voltage
AI Tuning [Auto]
DRAM Frequency [Auto]
Select the target CPU
frequency, and the
relevant parameters
will be auto-adjusted.
Frequencies higher
than CPU manufacturer
recommends are not
guaranteed to be
stable. If the system
becomes unstable,
return to the default.
Select Screen
Select Item
Enter Go to Sub Screen
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
Jumperfree Confguration
LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status
USB Confguration USB Confguration
TPM Confguration TPM Confguration
CPU Confguration
Chipset
Onboard Devices Confguration
PCIPnP
Adjust system
frequency/voltage
AI Tuning [Auto]
Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal
frequency. Selct either one of the preset overclocking confguration options:
Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters.
Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system.
Standard Loads the standard settings for the system.
AI N.O.S. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature
intelligently determines the system load and automatically
boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-17
FSB/CPU External Frequency Synchronization
The following items appear only when you set the AI Tuning item to [Manual].
CPU Frequency [XXX]
Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus.
The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the <+> and <-> keys to
adjust the CPU frequency. You can also type the desired CPU frequency using the
numeric keypad. The values range from 100 to 650. Refer to the table below for
the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings.
Available DRAM frequency options in various FSB settings
* Provided for overclocking purpose only.
A very high DRAM frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this
happens, revert to the default setting.
DRAM Frequency [Auto]
Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency.
Confguration options:
Front 5ide Bus CPU Lxternal Frequency
F5B 1066 Z66 MHz
F5B 800 Z00 MHz
FSBConfgurationoptions

Auto DDRZ- DDRZ- DDRZ- DDRZ- DDRZ-
533 667 800 889* 1067*
F5B 1066 • • • • • •
F5B 800 • • • •
PCI Express Frequency [Auto]
Allows you to set the PCI Express frequency. This item is set to [Auto] by default.
Confguration options: [Auto] [90] [91] ~ [149] [150]
PCI Clock Synchronization [Auto]
Allows you to synchronize the PCI frequency with the PCI Express or CPU
frequency. Confguration options: [Auto] [33.33MHz]
The DRAM Frequency item also appears when you set the AI Tuning item to
[AI N.O.S].
N.O.S. Mode [Auto]
Confguration options: [Auto] [Standard] [Sensitive] [Heavy Load]
The N.O.S. Mode item only appears when you set the AI Tuning item to [AI
N.O.S].
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
Spread Spectrum [Auto]
Allows you to enable or disable the clock generator spread spectrum.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto]
The following items also appear when the AI Tuning item is set to [AI N.O.S].
Memory Voltage [Auto]
Allows you to select the DDR2 reference voltage.
Confguration options: [Auto] [1.80V] [1.85V] [1.90V] [1.95V] [2.00V] [2.05V] [2.10V]
[2.15V] [2.25V] [2.30V] [2.35V] [2.40V] [2.45V]
Refer to the DDR2 documentation before adjusting the memory voltage. Setting a
very high memory voltage may damage the memory module(s)!
CPU VCore Voltage [Auto]
Allows you to select the CPU VCore voltage.
Confguration options: [Auto] [1.7000V] [1.6875V] [1.6750V] [1.6625V] [1.6500V]
[1.6375V] [1.6250V] [1.6125V] [1.6000V] [1.5875V] [1.5750V] [1.5625V] [1.5500V]
[1.5375V] [1.5250V] [1.5125V] [1.5000V] [1.4875V] [1.4750V] [1.4625V] [1.4500V]
[1.4375V] [1.4250V] [1.4125V] [1.4000V] [1.3875V] [1.3750V] [1.3625V] [1.3500V]
[1.3375V] [1.3250V] [1.3125V] [1.3000V] [1.2875V] [1.2750V] [1.2625V] [1.2500V]
[1.2375V] [1.2250V] [1.2125V] [1.2000V] [1.1875V] [1.1750V] [1.1625V] [1.1500V]
[1.1375V] [1.1250V] [1.1125V] [1.1000V]
Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU Vcore voltage. Setting
a high Vcore voltage may damage the CPU!
FSB Termination Voltage [Auto]
Allows you to select the front side bus termination voltage.
Confguration options: [Auto] [1.200V] [1.300V] [1.400V] [1.450V]
Setting a high FSB termination voltage may damage the chipset and CPU.
NB VCore [Auto]
Confguration options: [Auto] [1.25V] [1.45V] [1.55V] [1.65V]
SB Vcore (SATA,PCIE) [Auto]
Confguration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.60V] [1.70V] [1.80V]
ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto]
Allows you to select the ICH Chipset Voltage.
Confguration options: [Auto] [1.057V] [1.215V]
ASUS P5B Premium 4-19
4.4.2 LAN Cable Status
POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled]
Enables or disables the checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-Test
(POST). Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Field
Tab Select Field
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
POST Check LAN cable [Disabled]
LAN Cable Status
Pair Status Length

1-2 N/A
3-6 N/A
4-5 N/A
7-8 N/A

1-2 N/A
3-6 N/A
4-5 N/A
7-8 N/A
Check LAN cable during
POST.
4.4.3 USB Confguration
The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an
item then press <Enter> to display the confguration options.
The Module Version and USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected
values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None.
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
USB Confguration
Module Version - 2.24.0-12.4
USB Devices Enabled:
None

USB Functions [Enabled]
ASAP Function [Enabled]
Legacy USB Support [Auto]
Port 64/60 Emulation [Disabled]
USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed]
BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled]
Disable USB Host
Controllers.
4-Z0 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
USB Functions [Enabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the USB Host Controllers.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
• ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller) will function only when the USB
Functions item is set to [Enabled].
• The following items appear only when the USB Functions item is set to
[Enabled].
ASAP Fuction [Enabled]
Allows yo to enabled or disabled the ASAP function.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Legacy USB Support [Auto]
Allows you to enable or disable the support for legacy USB devices. Setting to
[Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If
detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected,
the legacy USB support is disabled.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto]
Port 64/60 Emulation [Disabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the I/O port 60h/64h emulation support. This item
should be enabled for the complete USB keyboard legacy support for non-USB
aware OSes. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed]
Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or
FullSpeed (12 Mbps). Confguration options: [HiSpeed] [FullSpeed]
BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled]
Allows you to enable the support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off
feature. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5B Premium 4-Z1
4.4.4 TPM Confguration
The items in this menu allows you to confgure the TPM functions. Select an item
then press <Enter> to display the confguration options.
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
TPM Confguration

TCG/TPM SUPPORT [Enabled]
TPM Enabled [Last Setting]
TPM Enable/Disable Status [No State]
TPM Owner [Last Setting]
TPM Owner Status [No State]
Enable(Activate)/
Disable(Deactivate)
Command to TPM
TCG/TPM SUPPORT [Yes]
Allows you to enable or disable the TCG/TPM support in BIOS.
Confguration options: [Yes] [No]
The following items appear only when you set the TCG/TPM SUPPORT item to
[Yes]
TPM Enabled [Last Setting]
Allows you to enable or disable the TPM devices.
Confguration options: [Last Setting] [Disabled] [Enabled]
TPM Enabled/Disabled Status [Enabled]
This item shows the status of the TPM function. It switches status with the
TPM Enabled item. If you activate the TPM function, it shows [Enabled]. If
not, it displays [Disabled]
TPM Owener [Last Setting]
Allows you to install the TPM Owner or clear the TPM Ownership.
Confguration options: [Last Setting] [Clear]
TPM Owner Status [UnOwned]
Displays the TPM Owner status.
4-ZZ Chapter 4: BIOS setup
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
4.4.5 CPU Confguration
The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS
automatically detects.
Modify Ratio Support [Disabled]
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
The following item appears when the item Modify Ratio Support is set to
[Enabled].
Ratio CMOS Setting: [24]
Allows you to set the ratio between the CPU Core Clock and the FSB
Frequency. Use <+> and <-> to adjust the value.
Confguration options: [14] [15]~[23] [24]
C1E Support [Enabled]
Allows you to enable or disable C1E Support.
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled]
Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without
support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Vanderpool Technology [Enabled]
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
CPU TM function [Enabled]
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Confgure advanced CPU settings
Module Version: 3C.0E
Manufacturer: Intel
Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3.20GHz
Frequency : 3.20GHz
FSB Speed : 532 MHz
Cache L1 : 16 KB
Cache L2 : 256 KB
Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:24, Min:14)
Ratio Actual Value : 24
CPUID : F41

Modify Ratio Support [Disabled]
C1E Support [Enabled]
Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled]
Vanderpool Technology [Enabled]
CPU TM function: [Enabled]
Execute Disable Bit [Enabled]
Hyper Threading Technology [Enabled]
PECI [Disabled]
Intel(R) SpeedStep(tm) Tech. [Disabled]
Options
Disabled
Enabled
ASUS P5B Premium 4-Z3
Select Screen
Select Item
Enter Go to Sub Screen
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
4.4.6 Chipset
The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an
item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu.
Advanced Chipset Settings

WARMING: Setting wrong values in below sections
may cause system to malfunction.
North Bridge Confguration
South Bridge Confguration
Confgure North Bridge
features.
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
North Bridge Chipset Confguration

Memory Remap Feature [Disabled]
Confgure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled]
Static Read Control [Auto]

Initiate Graphic Adapter [PEG/PCI]

PEG Port Confguration
PEG Force x1 [Disabled]
ASUS C.G.I [Auto]
North Bridge Chipset Confguration
ENABLED: Allow
remapping of
overlapped PCI memory
above the total
physical memory.

DISABLED: Do not allow
remapping of memory
Execute Disable Bit [Enabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection Technology.
Setting this item to [Disabled] forces the XD feature fag to always return to zero
(0). Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Hyper Threading Technology [Enabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the Hyper Threading Technology.
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
PECI [Disabled]
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Inter(R) SpeedStep (tm) Tech. [Disabled]
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Automatic]
4-Z4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
Memory Remap Feature [Disabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the remapping of the overlapped PCI memory
above the total physical memory. Enable this option only when you install 64-
bit operating system. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled]
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
Static Read Control [Auto]
Allows you to adjust the Static Read Control function.
Confguration options: [Disable] [Auto] [Fast] [Faster]
Initiate Graphic Adapter [PEG/PCI]
Allows you to decide which graphics controller to use as the primary boot
device. Confguration options: [PCI/PEG] [PEG/PCI]
PEG Force x1 [Disabled]
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS C.G.I. [Auto]
Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Cross Graphics Impeller.
Confguration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disable]
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
South Bridge Chipset Confguration

PCIEX16_2/PCIEX1_1 Force [Auto]
South Bridge Chipset Confguration
PCIEX16�2/PCIEX1�1 Force [Auto]
Allows you to manually adjust PCIEX16_2/PCIEX1_1 confguration.
Confguration options: [X2 Mode (compatible)] [X4 Mode (fast)] [Auto]
Allows you to manually
adjust PCIEX16_2 and
PCIEX1_1 confguration
Confguration options:
[X2/X1 Mode(compatible)]
[X/disabled Mode(fast)]
[Auto]
ASUS P5B Premium 4-Z5
Onboard PCIE GbE LAN_1 [Enabled]
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
LAN Option ROM [Disabled]
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Onboard PCI LAN_2 [Enabled]
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
LAN Option ROM [Disabled]
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
JMicron SATA/PATA Controller [Enabled]
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
JMicron SATA Controller Mode [IDE]
Confguration options: [RAID] [IDE] [AHCI]
Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4]
Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3]
4.4.7 OnBoard Devices Confguration
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
Confgure Win627EHF Super IO Chipset

HD Audio Controller [Enabled]
Front Panel Support Type [HD Audio]
Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled]
Onboard PCIE GbE LAN_1 [Enabled]
LAN Option ROM [Disabled]
Onboard PCI LAN_2 [Enabled]
LAN Option ROM [Disabled]
JMicron SATA/PATA Controller [Enabled]
JMicron Controller Mode [IDE]

Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4]
Enable or Disable
High Defnition Audio
Controller
HD Audio Controller [Enabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the High Defnition Audio Controller.
Confguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
Front Panel Support Type [HD Audio]
Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy
AC’97 or high-defnition audio depending on the audio standard that the front
panel audio module supports. Confguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio]
Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled]
Allows you to disable or enable the onboard 1394 device support.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-Z6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.4.8 PCIPnP
The PCIPnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP
devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either
PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA
devices.
Take caution when changing the settings of the PCIPnP menu items. Incorrect
feld values can cause the system to malfunction.
Plug And Play O/S [No]
When set to [No], BIOS confgures all the devices in the system. When set to
[Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system
confgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot.
Confguration options: [No] [Yes]
PCI Latency Timer [64]
Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency
timer register. Confguration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248]
Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes]
When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for
an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even
if requested. Confguration options: [Yes] [No]
Palette Snooping [Disabled]
When set to [Enabled], the palette snooping feature informs the PCI devices that
an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function
correctly. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device]
When set to [PCI Device], the specifc IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices.
When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices.
Confguration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved]
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
Advanced PCI/PnP Settings
WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections
may cause system to malfunction.
Plug And Play O/S [No]
PCI Latency Timer [64]
Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes]
Palette Snooping [Disabled]

IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device]
IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device]
NO: lets the BIOS
confgure all the
devices in the system.
YES: lets the operating
system confgure Plug
and Play (PnP) devices
not required for boot
if your system has a
Plug and Play operating
system.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-Z7
4.5 Power menu
The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced
Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the
confguration options.
4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto]
Allows you to select the Advanced Confguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state
to be used for system suspend.
Confguration options: [S1 (POS) Only] [S3 Only] [Auto]
4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled]
Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [Disabled]
Specifes the Advanced Confguration and Power Interface (ACPI) version
supported. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Confguration and Power Interface
(ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When
set to [Enabled], the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
Suspend Mode [Auto]
Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled]
ACPI 2.0 Support [Disabled]
ACPI APIC Support [Enabled]
APM Confguration
Hardware Monitor
Select the ACPI state
used for System
Suspend.
4-Z8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.5.5 APM Confguration
Restore On AC Power Loss [Power Off]
When set to [Power Off], the system goes into off state after an AC power loss.
When set to [Power On], the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to
[Last State], the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state
was before the AC power loss.
Confguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State]
Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled]
Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item
is set to [Enabled], the items RTC Alarm Date/ RTC Alarm Hour/ RTC Alarm
Minute/ RTC Alarm Second will become user-confgurable with set values.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Power On By External Modems [Disabled]
This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer
when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and
applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the frst
try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off
causes an initialization string that turns the system power on.
Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the PCIE devices to generate a wake event.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Power
APM Confguration
Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off]
Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled]
Power On By External Modems [Disabled] [Disabled]
Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] [Disabled]
Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled]
Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled]
Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] PS/2 Mouse [Disabled]
<Enter> to select
whether or not to
restart the system
after AC power loss.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-Z9
Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled]
Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specifc keys
on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power
supply that provides at least 1A on the +5VSB lead.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-Esc] [Power Key]
Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled]
When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on
the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on
the +5VSB lead. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4.5.6 Hardware Monitor
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Field
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Power
Hardware Monitor
CPU Temperature [47ºC/116.5ºF]
MB Temperature [32ºC/89.5ºF]
CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [4500 RPM]
CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled]
Chassis Fan 1 Speed [N/A]
Chassis Fan 2 Speed [N/A]
Chassis Fan 3 Speed [N/A]
Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled]
Power Fan Speed (RPM) [N/A]
VCORE Voltage [ 1.288V]
3.3V Voltage [ 3.296V]
5V Voltage [ 5.094V]
12V Voltage [11.616V]
CPU Temperature
CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF]
MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF]
The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard
and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected
temperatures.
CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A]
The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU
fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the
motherboard, the feld shows [N/A].
CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
The CPU Q-Fan Profle items appear when you enable the CPU Q-Fan
Control feature.
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
CPU Q-Fan Profle [Optimal]
Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. When
set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU
temperature. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan
operation, or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed.
Confguration options: [Optimal] [Silent Mode] [Performance Mode]
Chassis Fan 1/2/3 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A]
The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis
fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the
motherboard, the feld shows [N/A].
Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled]
Allows you to enable or disable the chassis Q-Fan controller.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
The Chassis Q-Fan Profle item appears when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan
Control feature.
Chassis Q-Fan Profle [Optimal]
Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the chassis Q-Fan. When
set to [Optimal], the chassis fan automatically adjusts depending on the chassis
temperature. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet chassis
fan operation, or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum chassis fan speed.
Confguration options: [Optimal] [Silent Mode] [Performance Mode]
Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A]
The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power
fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the
motherboard, the feld shows [N/A].
Vcore Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage
The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through
the onboard voltage regulators. Select [Ignored] if you do not want to detect this
item.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-31
4.6 Boot menu
The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item
then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu.
Select Screen
Select Item
Enter Go to Sub Screen
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main Advanced Power BootTools Exit
Boot Settings
Boot Device Priority
Boot Settings Confguration
Security
Specifes the Boot
Device Boot Priority
sequence.
A virtual foppy disk
drive (Floppy Drive
B:) may appear when
you set the CD-ROM
drive as the frst
boot device.
4.6.1 Boot Device Priority
1st ~ xxth Boot Device [xxx Drive]
These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices.
The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of
devices installed in the system. Confguration options: [xxx Drive] [Disabled]
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Boot
Boot Device Priority
1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE]
2nd Boot Device [IDE:HDS728080PLAT2]
3rd Boot Device [ATAPI CD-ROM]
4th Boot Device [IDE:ASUS CD-S520/A]
Specifes the boot
sequence from the
availabe devices.
A device enclosed
in parenthesis has
been disabled in the
corresponding menu.
4-3Z Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.6.2 Boot Settings Confguration
Quick Boot [Enabled]
Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while
booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled],
BIOS performs all the POST items. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Full Screen Logo [Enabled]
This allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2™ feature.
AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS]
Sets the display mode for option ROM.
Confguration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current]
Bootup Num-Lock [On]
Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock.
Confguration options: [Off] [On]
PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto]
Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto]
Wait for ‘F1’ If Error [Enabled]
When set to [Enabled], the system waits for the <F1> key to be pressed when error
occurs. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Boot
Boot Settings Confguration
Quick Boot [Enabled]
Full Screen Logo [Enabled]
AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS]
Bootup Num-Lock [On]
PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto]
Wait for ‘F1’ if Error [Enabled]
Hit ‘DEL’ Message Display [Enabled]
Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled]
Allows BIOS to skip
certain tests while
booting. This will
decrease the time needed
to boot the system.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-33
Hit ‘DEL’ Message Display [Enabled]
When set to [Enabled], the system displays the message “Press DEL to run Setup”
during POST. Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled]
When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19.
Confguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.6.3 Security
The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select
an item then press <Enter> to display the confguration options.
Change Supervisor Password
Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor
Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set
a password, this item shows Installed.
To set a Supervisor Password:
1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>.
2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters
and/or numbers, then press <Enter>.
3. Confrm the password when prompted.
The message “Password Installed” appears after you successfully set your
password.
To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user
password.
To clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then
press <Enter>. The message “Password Uninstalled” appears.
If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real
Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section “2.6 Jumpers” for information on how to
erase the RTC RAM.
After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to
change other security settings.
Select Screen
Select Item
Enter Change
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Boot
Security Settings
Supervisor Password : Not Installed
User Password : Not Installed
Change Supervisor Password
Change User Password
<Enter> to change
password.
<Enter> again to
disabled password.
ASUS P5B Premium 4-35
User Access Level [Full Access]
This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items.
Confguration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access]
[No Access] prevents user access to the Setup utility.
[View Only] allows access but does not allow change to any feld.
[Limited] allows changes only to selected felds, such as Date and Time.
[Full Access] allows viewing and changing all the felds in the Setup utility.
Change User Password
Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on
top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this
item shows Installed.
To set a User Password:
1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>.
2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six
letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>.
3. Confrm the password when prompted.
The message “Password Installed” appears after you set your password
successfully.
To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password.
Clear User Password
Select this item to clear the user password.
Password Check [Setup]
When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup
utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing
Setup and booting the system. Confguration options: [Setup] [Always]
Select Screen
Select Item
Enter Change
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Boot
Security Settings
Supervisor Password : Installed
User Password : Installed
Change Supervisor Password
User Access Level [Full Access]
Change User Password
Clear User Password
Password Check [Setup]
<Enter> to change
password.
<Enter> again to
disabled password.
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.7 Tools menu
The Tools menu items allow you to confgure options for special functions. Select
an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu.
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Field
Enter Go to Sub Screen
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
ASUS EZ Flash 2

ASUS O.C. Profle
Press ENTER to run
the utility to select
and update BIOS.
This utility doesn't
support:
1.NTFS format
4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2
Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a confrmation
message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Yes] or [No],
then press <Enter> to confrm your choice. Please see page 4-5, section 4.1.3 for
details.
ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00
Current ROM
Update ROM
A:
Note
[Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit
[Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move
FLASH TYPE: SST 25LF080
PATH: A:\
BOARD: P5B Premium
VER: 0121
DATE: 12/23/06
BOARD: Unknown
VER: Unknown
DATE: Unknown
ASUS P5B Premium 4-37
Select Screen
Select Item
Enter Go to Sub Screen
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Tools
O.C. PROFILE Confguration
O.C. Profle 1 Status : Not Installed
O.C. Profle 2 Status : Not Installed
Save to Profle 1
Load from Profle 1

Save to Profle 2
Load from Profle 2

Start O.C. Profle
Save to Profle 1
4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profle
This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings.
Save to Profe 1/2
Allows you to save the current BIOS fle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save
the fle.
Load from Profle 1/2
Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press
<Enter> to load the fle.
Start O.C. Profle
Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the
utility.
ASUSTek O.C. Profle Utility V1.00
Current CMOS
Restore CMOS
A:
Note
[Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit
[Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move
PATH: A:\
BOARD: P5B Premium
VER: 0121
DATE: 12/23/06
BOARD: Unknown
VER: Unknown
DATE: Unknown
• This function can support devices such as USB fash disk or foppy
disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only.
• DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to
prevent the system boot failure!
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
4.8 Exit menu
Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options
from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit.
The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the
BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items.
Select Screen
Select Item
Enter Go to Sub Screen
Tab Select Field
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
Exit Options
Exit & Save Changes
Exit & Discard Changes
Discard Changes
Load Setup Defaults
Exit system setup after
saving the changes.
F10 key can be used for
this operation.
Exit & Save Changes
Once you are fnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit
menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard
backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned
off. When you select this option, a confrmation window appears. Select YES to
save changes and exit.
If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the
program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes
before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
Exit & Discard Changes
Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to
the Setup program. If you made changes to felds other than System Date, System
Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confrmation before exiting.
Discard Changes
This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the
previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confrmation appears. Select
YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
Load Setup Defaults
This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the
Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confrmation
window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes
or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM.
5
Software
support
This chapter describes the contents
of the support CD that comes with the
motherboard package and the softwares.
ASUS P5B Premium
Chapter summary
5
5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1
5.2 Support CD information .............................................................. 5-1
5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-8
5.4 Windows Vista features ............................................................. 5-42
5.5 RAID confgurations .................................................................. 5-29
5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-46
ASUS P5B Premium 5-1
If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support
CD to locate the fle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the
ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD.
Click an item to install
5.1 Installing an operating system
This motherboard supports Windows
®
2000/XP/64-bit XP operating systems (OS).
Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the
features of your hardware.
5.2 Support CD information
The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers,
software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard
features.
5.2.1 Running the support CD
Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the
Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer.
• Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup
procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS
documentation for detailed information.
• Make sure that you install Windows
®
2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows
®

XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better
compatibility and system stability.
The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without
notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates.
Click an icon to display
support CD/motherboard
information
5-Z Chapter 5: Software support
5.2.2 Drivers menu
The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed
devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices.
ASUS InstAll-Drivers Installation Wizard
Installs all of the drivers through the Installation Wizard.
Intel Chipset Inf Update Program
Installs the Intel
®
chipset Inf update program.
SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver
Installs the SoundMAX
®
ADI1988 audio driver and application.
Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver
Installs the Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet driver.
STMicroelectronics TPM Driver
Installs the STMicroelectronics TPM Driver.
JMicron JMB36X RAID Controller Driver
Installs the JMicron
®
JMB36X Serial ATA RAID controller driver.
USB 2.0 Driver
Installs the USB 2.0 driver.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-3
5.2.3 Utilities menu
The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard
supports.
ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Utilities
Installs all of the utilities through the Installation Wizard.
ASUS AI Suite
Installs the ASUS AI Suite.
ASUS Update
The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows
®

environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network
or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
ASUS PC Probe II
This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages,
and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer
in healthy operating condition.
Microsoft DirectX 9.0c
Installs the Microsoft
®
DirectX 9.0c driver. The Microsoft DirectX
®
9.0c is a
multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX
®

improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching
TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Visit the
Microsoft website (www.microsoft.com) for updates.
semantec Norton Internet Security
Installs the semantec Norton Internet Security application.
Click to display
the next page
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support
5.2.4 Make Disk menu
The Make Disk menu contains items to create the Intel ICH8 or JMicron
®
JMB36X
RAID/AHCI driver disk.
Make Intel ICH8 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Disk
Allows you to create an ICH8 32/64bit RAID/AHCI driver disk.
Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver
Allows you to create a JMicron
®
JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI driver.
WinDVD Copy Trial
Installs the WinDVD trial version.
InterVideo MediaOne Gallery
Installs the media library and all-in-one software.
Ulead PhotoImpact 12 SE
Installs the PhotoImpact image editing software.
CyberLink PowerBackup
Installs CyberLink PowerBackup to back up and restore your data easily.
SnapFire
Installs SnapFire.
ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0
Installs the Adobe
®
Acrobat
®
Reader that allows you to open, view, and print
documents in Portable Document Format (PDF).
Marvell Yukon VCT Application
Installs the Marvell
®
Yukon Virtual Cable Tester™ (VCT) application that diagnoses
and reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Refectometry
(TDR) technology.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-5
5.2.5 Manuals menu
The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to
open the folder of the user manual.
Most user manual fles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe
®

Acrobat
®
Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual fle.
5.2.6 ASUS Contact information
Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also fnd
this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support
Browse this CD
Displays the support CD contents in graphical format.
5.2.7 Other information
The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the
motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the
specifed information.
Motherboard Info
Displays the general specifcations of the motherboard.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-7
Technical support Form
Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fll out when
requesting technical support.
Filelist
Displays the contents of the support CD in text format.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support
5.3 Software information
Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide
you through the installation. View the online help or readme fle that came with the
software application for more information.
5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2™
The ASUS MyLogo2™ utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the
image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS
MyLogo2™ is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from
the support CD. See section 5.2.3 Utilities menu for details.
To launch the ASUS MyLogo2™:
1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility
for details.
2. Select Options from the drop down menu, then click Next.
3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before
fashing BIOS, then click Next.
4. Select Update BIOS from a fle from the drop down menu, then click Next.
5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS fle, then click Next. The ASUS
MyLogo2 window appears.
6. From the left window pane, select
the folder that contains the image
you intend to use as your boot logo.
• Before using the ASUS MyLogo2™, use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy
of your original BIOS fle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS
website. See section 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility.
• Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if
you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section 4.6.2 Boot Settings
Confguration.
• You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP fle formats.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-9
9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, fash the original BIOS to
load the new boot logo.
10. After fashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo
during POST.
8. Adjust the boot image to your desired
size by selecting a value on the Ratio
box.
7. When the logo images appear on the
right window pane, select an image to
enlarge by clicking on it.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support
3. Click the Run button to perform a cable test.
5.3.2 AI NET2
The AI NET2 features the Marvell
®
Virtual Cable Tester™ (VCT). VCT is a cable
diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain
Refectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted
cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew
problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy.
The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly
manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated
in the network systems sofware for ideal feld support as well as development
diagnostics.
Using the Virtual Cable Tester™
To use the the Marvell
®
Virtual Cable Tester™ utility:
1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows
®
desktop by clicking Start > All
Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester.
2. Click Virtual Cable Tester from the menu to display the screen below.
• The VCT only runs on systems with Windows
®
XP or Windows
®
2000
operating systems.
• The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s).
• The Run button on the Virtual Cable Tester™ main window is disabled if no
problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s).
• If you want the system to check the status of the LAN cable before entering
the OS, enable the item Post Check LAN Cable in the BIOS Setup.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-11
5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II
PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computer’s vital components, and detects
and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan
rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC
Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment
you turn it on. With this utility, you are assured that your computer is always at a
healthy operating condition.
Installing PC Probe II
To install PC Probe II on your computer:
1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears
if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature.
If Autorun is not enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support
CD to locate the setup.exe fle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder. Double-click
the setup.exe fle to start installation.
2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II.
3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation.
Launching PC Probe II
You can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows
®
desktop.
To launch the PC Probe II from the Windows
®
desktop, click Start > All Programs
> ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.xx.xx. The PC Probe II main window
appears.
After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows
®

taskbar. Click this icon to close or restore the application.
Using PC Probe II
Main window
The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your
system and change the utility
confguration. By default, the main
window displays the Preference
section. You can close or restore
the Preference section by clicking
on the triangle on the main
window right handle.
Click to close the
Preference panel
5-1Z Chapter 5: Software support
Button Function
Opens the Confguration window
Opens the Report window
Opens the Desktop Management Interface window
Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window
Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window
Opens the hard disk drive, memory, CPU usage window
Shows/Hides the Preference section
Minimizes the application
Closes the application
Sensor alert
When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns
red, as the illustrations below show.
When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the
Monitor panels section for details.
Preferences
You can customize the application using the
Preference section in the main window. Click
the box before each preference to activate or
deactivate.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-13
Changing the monitor panels position
To change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop,
click the arrow down button of the Scheme options, then select
another position from the list box. Click OK when fnished.
Moving the monitor panels
All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you
want to detach a monitor panel from the
group, click the horseshoe magnet icon.
You can now move or reposition the panel
independently.
Hardware monitor panels
The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as
fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages.
The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and
rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the
Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computer’s desktop.
Large display
Small display
Click to
increase
value
Click to
decrease
value
Adjusting the sensor threshold value
You can adjust the sensor threshold
value in the monitor panel by clicking
the or buttons. You can also adjust
the threshold values using the
Confg window.
You cannot adjust the sensor
threshold values in a small
monitoring panel.
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support
Monitoring sensor alert
The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower
than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below.
Large display
Small display
WMI browser
Click to display the
WMI (Windows Management
Instrumentation) browser. This
browser displays various Windows
®

management information. Click an
item from the left panel to display on
the right panel. Click the plus sign (+)
before WMI Information to display the
available information.
You can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner
of the browser.
DMI browser
Click to display the DMI
(Desktop Management Interface)
browser. This browser displays various
desktop and system information.
Click the plus sign (+) before DMI
Information to display the available
information.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-15
PCI browser
Click to display the PCI
(Peripheral Component Interconnect)
browser. This browser provides
information on the PCI devices installed
on your system. Click the plus sign
(+) before the PCI Information item to
display available information.
Usage
The Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive
space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser.
CPU usage
The CPU tab displays real-
time CPU usage in line graph
representation. If the CPU has
an enabled Hyper-Threading,
two separate line graphs display
the operation of the two logical
processors.
Hard disk drive space usage
The Hard Disk tab displays the
used and available hard disk
drive space. The left panel of the
tab lists all logical drives. Click
a hard disk drive to display the
information on the right panel.
The pie chart at the bottom of the
window represents the used (blue)
and the available HDD space.
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support
Memory usage
The Memory tab shows both used
and available physical memory.
The pie chart at the bottom of
the window represents the used
(blue) and the available physical
Confguring PC Probe II
Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values.
The Confg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/
Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold
values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the
temperature scale.
Loads the default
threshold values for
each sensor
Applies your
changes
Cancels or
ignores your
changes
Loads your saved
confguration
Saves your
confguration
ASUS P5B Premium 5-17
5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite
ASUS AI Suite allows you to launch AI Gear, AI N.O.S., AI Booster, AI Nap, and
Q-Fan utilities easily.
Installing AI Suite
To install AI Suite on your computer:
1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears
if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature.
2. Click the Utilities tab, then click AI Suite.
3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation.
Launching AI Suite
You can launch the AI Suite right after installation or anytime from the Windows
®

desktop.
To launch the AI Suite from the Windows
®
desktop, click Start > All Programs >
ASUS > AI Suite > AI Suite v1.xx.xx. The AI Suite main window appears.
After launching the application, the AI Suite icon appears in the Windows
®
taskbar.
Click this icon to close or restore the application.
Using AI Suite
Click the AI N.O.S., AI Gear, AI Nap, AI Booster, or Q-Fan icon to launch the utility,
or click the Normal icon to restore the system to normal state.
Press to launch AI Gear
Press to launch AI Nap
Press to launch AI N.O.S.
Press to launch Q-Fan Press to launch AI Booster
Press to restore to normal
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support
Other feature buttons
Click on right corner of the main window to open the monitor window.
Click on right corner of the expanded window to switch the temperature from
degrees Centigrade to degrees Fahrenheit.
Displays the CPU/
system temperature,
CPU/memory/PCIE
voltage, and CPU/
chassis fan speed
Displays the FSB/CPU
frequency
ASUS P5B Premium 5-19
5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear
ASUS AI Gear provides four system performance options that allows you to select
the best performance setting for your computing needs. This easy-to-use utility
adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage to minimize system noise and
power consumption.
After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD, you can launch AI Gear by
double-clicking the AI Suite icon on your Windows OS taskbar and then click the AI
Gear button on the AI Suite main window.
Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like.
Maximum
Performance
Medium
Performance
High
Performance
Maximum
Power Saving
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support
5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap
This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer
whenever you are away. Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and
a more quiet system operation.
After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by
double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI Nap
button on the AI Suite main window.
Click Yes on the confrmation screen.
To exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Yes on
the confrmation screen.
To switch the power button functions from AI Nap to shutting down, just right
click the AI Suite icon on the OS taskbar, select AI Nap and click Use power
button. Unclick the the item to switch the function back.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-21
5.3.7 ASUS AI N.O.S.
This ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the
system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding
tasks.
After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility
by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI
N.O.S. button on the AI Suite main window.
drop-down
menu button
select an
N.O.S. mode
Click the drop-down menu button and select Disable or Manual.
Click Apply at the bottom to save the confguration.
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support
5.3.8 ASUS Q-Fan
This ASUS Q-Fan Control feature allows you to set the appropriate performance
level of the CPU Q-Fan or the Chassis Q-Fan for more effcient system operation.
After enabling the Q-Fan function, the fans can be set to automatically adjust
depending on the temperature, to decrease fan speed, or to achieve the maximum
fan speed.
After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by
double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows
®
OS taskbar and click the Q-Fan
button on the AI Suite mAIn window.
Click the drop-down menu button and display the fan names. Select CPU Q-FAN
or CHASSIS Q-FAN. Click the box of Enable Q-Fan to activate this function.
drop-down list
button
Enable
Q-Fan box
Profle list appears after clicking the Enable Q-Fan box. Click the drop-down
list button and select a profle. Optimal mode makes the fans adjust speed
with the temperature; Silent mode minimizes fan speed for quiet fan operation;
Performance mode boosts the fan to achieve maximal fan speed for the best
cooling effect.
click to display the
drop-down list and
select a Q-Fan mode
Click Apply at the bottom to save the setup.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-23
5.3.9 ASUS AI Booster
The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in
WIndows
®
environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS.
After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility
by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows
®
OS taskbar and click the AI
Booster button on the AI Suite main window.
The options on the taskbar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/
Memory/PCI-E frequency manually, or create and apply your personal overclocking
confgurations.
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support
5.3.10 AI Remote (Limited Edition only)
With the ASUS AI Remote, you can play, pause, or adjust the volume on any
songs desired without leaving your sofa. Have AI Remote in your hand and do
more with your PC at a distance away.
Overview of the ASUS AI Remote
1. Power
5. AP-1/2 Trigger
2. Full Screen
6. AP Menu
4. AI Nap
3. AI Gear
7. Media Control Zone
1. Power: Turns the computer on/off.
2. Full Screen: Puts the media application into full screen.
3. AI Gear: Changes modes for optimizing performance and quietness.
4. AI Nap: Snoozing system without terminating tasks into quietest state.
5. AP-1/2 Trigger: Initiates the pre-defned applications.
6. AP Menu: Displays the application menu.
7. Media Control Zone: Controls the media application.
Volume Up
Next
Previous
Volume Down
Play/Pause
ASUS P5B Premium 5-25
ASUS >>USB receiver
USB receiver
USB IR Receiver (Limited Edition only)
Your motherboard will come bundled with a IR Receiver, simply connect the USB
end to your PC USB ports under the LAN2 port and place the IR receiver end at a
suitable place without hindrance.
IR Receiver
Software Installation
Before enjoying the convenience the
ASUS AI Remote brings you, you need
to install the software after the infrared
receiver installation. Simply click and
install the fle ASUS AI Remote from
Utilities menu of the Motherboard Support
CD package for the frst time, and it will
launch automatically everytime you start
up your PC.
• The valid IR function distance is 6m depending on the environment.
Suggest you to aim at the IR receiver when using the ASUS AI Remote to
ensure a smooth and successful operation.
• These two USB ports support USB wake-up capability. So when the
computer is not turned on, removing USB devices such as the ASUS IR
receiver from these two ports will start up the PC.
• Back I/O differs depending on the motherboards.
• Supports operating system: Windows Vista Edition, XP, 2003 server, XP
(64-bit), and 2003 server (64-bit).
USB Ports
USB end
Infrared end
ASUS AI Remote
The Utilites screen differs depending on the motherboard.
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support
Activating HID-Compliant Devices
Due to the limitation of the operating system, if you remove the IR receiver
from the previous port and have it reinstall into the other USB port, the IR
receiver will not function. To activate the HID-compliant devices again, go to
Device Manager/Power Manager and check the box of Allow this device to
bring the computer out of standby.
1. Click Windows icon and
choose Control Panel.
2. Double click System and
Maintenance.
3. Click Device Manager. 4. Select HID-compliant device.
5. Check the box of Allow this
device to wake the computer.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-27
ASUS AI Remote Settings
After the installation of the ASUS AI Remote software, the utility screen will show
up and allows you to confgure the ASUS AI Remote settings. Set up the function
keys following the instructions below.
1
1. Power On / Off Key
Enable power key
Click this box to enable this power button.
Enable power on after power loss
Click this box to restart the system after the AC power loss. Whenever the power
cord of your PC is removed from the outlet or there is a power failure, your PC will
auto-boot and shut down around few seconds to enable the Power On function of AI
Remote after the power supply is back.
Function switch
You can customize the Power key by switching the mode from Power off to
Hibernate or Standby based on your preference. Setting this item to Hibernate
allows you to lead your PC to the Windows S4 mode, which enables your PC to
enter Hibernate faster and return to full power much more quickly.
2
3
• Power On/Off button does not support MS-DOS Mode.
• You have to check the box of Enable Power Key before using the ASUS AI
Remote to turn on and off your PC or to have it hibernate or standby. Visit
www.microsoft.com for details about Hibernate and Standby.
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support
3. Multimedia Keys
Profle
There are nine default applications in the Profle drop-down menu and fve sets of
User Defne.
Default applications are Media Player, iTunes, PowerDVD, WinDVD, QuickTime,
Real Player, DivX Player, WinAmp and Power Point. (Default applications in the
ASUS AI Remote software may change without notice.)
Path
The software will help locate the executable (.exe) fle of the nine default
applications. If the .exe fle is not located, click Browse to direct the correct path.
The .exe fles of the User Defne applications need to be located manually before
you using the ASUS AI Remote.
• Save after the .exe fle path is directed.
• If the executable fle is relocated or the application is re-installed, you have
to redirect the fle path for a correct ASUS AI Remote operation.
2. AP-1/2
You are allowed to confgure two sets of applications for AP-1 Trigger and
AP-2 Trigger buttons. After the setup, you can easily launch the pre-defned
application by pressing the designated button.
(1) Click the box before Use Profle, and you are able to select a default
application from the drop-down menu.
(2) To launch a non-default application, unclick the box before Use Profle.
(3) Click the Browse button and locate the executable (.exe) fle of the
application you want to launch by pressing the AP-1 button.
(4) Follow the same instructions to confgure the AP-2 button.
(5) Click Save to save the confguration.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-29
Select File
After selecting the correct path, you
should select the correct executable
fle (.exe) of the application for
launching the application.
If the executable fle is located by the
software successfully or you have
already set up correctly in advance,
this screen will show up directly
when the application is chosen.
After selecting a desired fle, folder
or CD-ROM, use / to choose
Back/OK/Cancel and then press
to confrm.
AP Menu Button and Application menu
Navigate with the media control zone.
Select Application Path
If the software fails to locate the
executable fle of the applicaton
at the frst-time use, the Select
Application Path screen will appear.
Specify the correct path on screen.
• For music listening, making playlists beforehand is suggested.
• Press again to close the application and again to re-launch the profle
menu.
Select Application Profile
After you press (AP Menu) on the
remote control, an application profle
will be displayed on the screen. Use
the remote control to navigate and
initiate a desired application.
upward

leftward

enter

rightward

downward
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support
Defne Hotkeys for Application
If you want to use the Media Control Zone to control non-default applications, such
as ACDSee, you can select User Defne from the drop-down menu and rename
it by pressing Rename. The ASUS AI Remote software has correctly set up nine
popular applications and defned the funtion buttons for your convenient operation. your convenient operation. convenient operation.
User Define
After clicking the box before Use
Hotkeys for Application, you are
free to defne the hotkeys of the
User Defne applications.
Select User Defne 1~5 from
the Profle drop-down menu for
hotkeys defnition. Press Save
to save the new setup or press
the Default button to clear ALL
personalized setups and restore to
the original defnitions.
• The remote control buttons will function only when the defnitions of the
application hotkeys are correct.
• The hotkey defnitions may vary with different software versions. Click the
box of Redefne default hotkeys to give new correct defnitions if needed.
Press Save button to save the redefnitions or press Reset button to restore
to the default hotkeys defnition.
• After the initial setup, you will fnd an ASUS AI Remote icon on the
Windows OS taskbar. Click the icon and select Settings to launch the utility
screen.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-31
Media Player iTunes PowerDVD WinDVD QuickTime
Full Screen v v v v v
v v v/x v v
+ v v v v v
- v v v v v

v v v v x

v v v v x
*NOTE
only play, no pause
Real Player DivX Player WinAmp Power Point User Defne
Full Screen v v x v
v v v/x Full Screen
+ v x v B
- v x v ESC

v x v Page Down

v x v Page Up
*NOTE
only play, no pause
The Function Buttons and AP Profle
The ASUS AI Remote software helps you set up the correspondence between the
function buttons on the remote to the function hotkeys of nine popular applications
in advance and leaves fve sets for User Defne.
If you fnd the 9 default applications insuffcient and would like to add different
applications, you are able to rename the 5 sets User Defne and create your
preferred applications and favorable setups.
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support
5.3.11 TPM
The Trusted Platform Module (TPM) enhances data protection and security via
high-level encryption and decryption. This motherboard comes with a TPM module This motherboard comes with a TPM module
and related applications that help manage the use of TPM function.
• Before activating the TPM function, make sure that you insert the chip to
the onboard connector labeled TPM and enable it in BIOS.
• The bundled TPM software in your support CD may vary due to territory The bundled TPM software in your support CD may vary due to territory due to territory
differences. Refer to either of the following sections for the utility you use.
Security Manager
After installing the Security Manager from the bundled support CD, you can
launch this application from the Windows
®
XP desktop by clicking Start > All
Programs > TPM Secure Tools > Security Manager.
Initializing TPM
Under the TPM Manager menu, you can check the TPM state, backup or
restore TPM data, and set the owner and user passwords.
3. Click Logon and enter
your user password. Log
on the application to use
other functions.
To initialize the owner/user
state:
1. Click Initialize Owner.
2. Following the Initialization
Wizard, set your owner/
user passwords. You can
also set and save the
emergency recovery token
as well as the password
reset token fle.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-33
To create an encrypted virtual disk:
1. Select Encrypted Virtual
Disk and click New. A
dialog box appears.
2. From the dialog box, click
Browse to choose where to
save the virtual disk image
fle. You can also set disk
capacity and assign the
drive letter.
3. Once a virtual disk is
created, you can locate this
drive under My Computer
and move fles you want to
encrypt to here. You can
manage the virtual disk
under this menu.
Encryption
Under the Encryption Tools menu, you can create encrypted virtual disks or
use TPM to protect the key of Windows Encrypting File System.
To protect Windows Encrypting File System with TPM:
1. Select Encrypting File
System and click Enable.
2. When a dialog box
appears, click OK to
confrm.
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support
EMBASSY Security Center
You may install the EMBASSY Security Center from the bundled support CD.
EMBASSY Security Setup
1. From the Windows
®
XP
desktop, click Start > All
Programs > Wave Systems
Corp > EMBASSY Security
Setup.
2. Follow the wizard to Follow the wizard to
complete step 1 to 3. You
can set your owner/master
(current user) passwords
or enable Secure Windows
Login.
Step 4 lets you initialize secure applicaitons. Document Manager allows the
current user to create a new vault, a secure drive for encrypted fles. Private Private
Information Manager helps confgure data used to automatically fll Internet
forms (e.g. your name and address in a shopping cart form).
To activate Document Manager:
1. Click Click Setup Document
Manager and enter your
master password.
2. When a vault is created, you
can locate this drive
under My Computer and
move fles you want to
encrypt to here.
To activate Private Information Manager:
1. Click Setup Private Information Manager.
2. Fill out the information.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-35
EMBASSY Security Center
To activate EMBASSY Security
Center:
1. From the Windows From the Windows
®
XP
desktop, click Start > All
Programs > Wave Systems
Corp > EMBASSY Security
Center. The main menu
displays.
The TCG Security Password Vault helps manage individual TPM key
passwords for different users. Users may authenticate to access their
Password Vaults with their master passwords.
You must create your master password before enabling this function.
To use the TCG Security Password use the TCG Security Password
Vault:
1. From the main menu, click lick
Passwords and select
Settings.
2. Check the Enable my TCG
Security Password Vault
box and select the security
options.
To view passwords stored in your view passwords stored in your
TCG Security Password Vault:
1. Click Recall/Review and
select View.
2. Enter your master password
and click OK to confrm.
5-36 Chapter 5: Software support
5.3.12 SoundMAX
®
High Defnition Audio utility
The ADI AD1988 High Defnition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio
capability through the SoundMAX
®
audio utility with AudioESP™ software to
deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high
quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input
technologies.
Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988 Audio Driver from the
support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX
®

audio utility.
If the SoundMAX
®
audio utility is correctly installed, you
will fnd the SoundMAX
®
icon on the taskbar.
• You must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup.
• SoundMAX
®
requires Microsoft
®
Windows
®
2000/XP or later version. Make
sure that one of these operating systems is installed before installing
SoundMAX
®
.
• Jack Retasking function works on High Defnition front panel audio ports
only.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-37
From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundMAX
®
icon to display the SoundMAX
®

Control Panel.
Audio Setup Wizard
By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX
®
control panel, you can easily
confgure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and
begin enjoying High Defnition Audio.
5-38 Chapter 5: Software support
Jack confguration
This screen helps you confgure your
computer’s audio ports, depending on
the audio devices you have installed.
Adjust speaker volume
This screen helps you adjust speaker
volume. Click the Test button to hear
the changes you have made.
Adjust microphone volume
This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. You will be asked to read pre-
written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-39
Audio preferences
Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change
various audio settings.
General options
Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/
disable the AudioESP™ feature, and enable/disable digital output.
Listening Environment options
Click the Listening Environment tab to set up your speaker, acoustic environment,
and enable/disable the Virtual Theater Surround function.
5-40 Chapter 5: Software support
Microphone options
Click the Microphone tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings.
Enhanced Microphone Features
Voice recording
Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like
computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates
it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. You can enable it for a better
recording quality.
Directional Array
Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates
interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. You can
enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype.
Speaker Phone
Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize
its effect on the speech engine. You can enable it when you have conference
call to reduce echoes in the other side.
The directional Array and Speaker Phone
function only when working with the ASUS Array
Mic.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-41
5.4 Windows Vista features
5.4.1 ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller)
This motherboard is equipped with the ASUS Accelerated Propeller (ASAP) the ASUS Accelerated Propeller (ASAP)
feature. This feature supports Windows
®
Vista ReadyBoost

function to accelerate
the boot up time and preload the often-used applications into memory for faster the often-used applications into memory for faster
access.
Before activating ASAP, install the ASAP utility from the bundled support CD..
To activate ASAP:
1. From the Windows
®
Vista desktop, click Start > Computer.
2. Right-click on the USB Removable Storage device (ASAP), and select
Properties.
3. Click the ReadyBoost tab. The following dialog box appears.
4. Check Use this device, and then move the slider to determine the amount of
space researved for ReadyBoost

cache.
5. Click OK to effect the settings.
• When you see the existing partition for ASAP, we advise you not to delete
this partition that supports the ReadyBoost

function. If you delete this
partition by accident, you may recreate it by:
Clicking Start from the Windows
®
Vista desktop. Right-click on Computer
and select Manage. Click Disk Management and right-click on the ASAP
drive. Select Format > OK. OR
Going to Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance >
Administrative Tools > Computer Management > Disk Management.
Right-click on the ASAP drive, and select Format > OK.
• If you accidentally remove the ASAP device from Windows
®
Vista, you may
re-activate it by rebooting your computer.
5-42 Chapter 5: Software support
5.4.2 BitLocker Drive Encryption
BitLocker Drive Encryption, supported by a Trusted Platform Module (TPM), is an
integral new security feature in the Windows
®
Vista OS that helps protect your data
from theft or unauthorized viewing by encrypting the hard disk drive.
• To use the BitLocker Drive Encryption function, you must have a hard disk
drive with two NTFS drive partitions, one for the system volume, 1.5 GB at
least, and one for the OS volume. The partitions must be created before
installing Windows
®
Vista. Refer to http://technet.microsoft.com for detailed
partitioning steps.
• Before activating the BitLocker, make sure that you insert the TPM chip to
the onboard connector labeled TPM and enable it in BIOS.
To activate BitLocker Drive Encryption:
1. From the Windows
®
Vista desktop,
click Start > Control Panel > Security
> BitLocker Drive Encryption. The
BitLocker Drive Encryption menu
displays.
2. Click TPM Administration.
3. From the TPM Management on Local the TPM Management on Local
Computer menu, click click Initialize TPM
and follow the screen instructions.
Here you can create the TPM owner create the TPM owner
password and select a location to save
it.
We recommend that you save the
password on a USB device.
4. Go back to the BitLocker Drive Encryption menu
and click Turn On BitLocker.
5. Save the recovery password on a USB device
(recommended).
6. Cick Encrypt and BitLocker Drive Encryption
begins. You can monitor the encryption completed
percentage from the Windows
®
OS taskbar .
ASUS P5B Premium 5-43
If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID
set, copy frst the RAID driver from the support CD to a foppy disk before you
install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. Refer to section 5.6
Creating a RAID driver disk for details.
5.5 RAID confgurations
The motherboard comes with the Intel
®
ICH8R Southbridge RAID controller that
allow you to confgure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The
motherboard supports the following RAID confgurations.
RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write
data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a
single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone,
thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives
is required for this setup.
RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one
drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software
directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of
the data in the other drive. This RAID confguration provides data protection and
increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an
existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same
size or larger than the existing drive.
RAID 10 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy
data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10 confguration you get
all the benefts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 confgurations. Use four new hard disk
drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup.
RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard
disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 confguration include better
HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity. The RAID
5 confguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database
applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a
minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup.
Intel
®
Matrix Storage. The Intel
®
Matrix Storage technology supported by the
ICH8R chip allows you to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, and RAID 10 function
to improve both system performance and data safety. You can also combine two
RAID sets to get higher performance, capacity, or fault tolerance provided by the
difference RAID function. For example, RAID 0 and RAID 1 set can be created by
using only two identical hard disk drives.
5-44 Chapter 5: Software support
5.5.2 Intel
®
RAID confgurations
This motherboard supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10 (0+1) and Intel
®

Matrix Storage confgurations for Serial ATA hard disks drives through the Intel
®

ICH8R Southbridge chip.
Setting the RAID item in BIOS
You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID
set(s). To do this:
1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST.
2. Go to the Main Menu, select IDE Confguration, then press <Enter>.
3. Select the item Confgure SATA As, then press <Enter> to display the
confguration options.
4. Select RAID from the Confgure SATA As item options, then press <Enter>.
5. Select the item Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM, press <Enter>, then select
Enabled from the options.
6. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup.
Refer to the system or the motherboard user guide for details on entering and
navigating through the BIOS Setup.
5.5.1 Installing Serial ATA hard disks
The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance,
install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array.
To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID confguration:
1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays.
2. Connect the SATA signal cables.
3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-45
Intel
®
Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility
The Intel
®
Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0,
RAID 1, RAID 10 (RAID 0+1), and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial ATA hard disk drives
that are connected to the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge.
To enter the Intel
®
Application Accelerator RAID Option ROM utility:
1. Install all the Serial ATA hard disk drives.
2. Turn on the system.
3. During POST, press <Ctrl+I> to display the utility main menu.
Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH8R wRAID5
Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
[MAIN MENU ]
1. Create RAID Volume
2. Delete RAID Volume
3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID
4. Exit
[DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ]
RAID Volumes:
None defned.
Physical Disks:
Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID)
0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk
1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk
2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk
3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk
[↑↓]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu
The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through
the menus and select the menu options.
The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and
may not exactly match the items on your screen.
5-46 Chapter 5: Software support
Creating a RAID 0 set (striped)
To create a RAID 0 set:
1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press
<Enter>. This screen appears.
2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>.
3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to
select RAID 0(Stripe), then press <Enter>.
4. When the Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk
drives to confgure as RAID. This pop-up screen appears.
Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH8R wRAID5
Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
[CREATE ARRAY MENU]
[DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ]
Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used
to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and
cannot contain special characters.
[↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
Name:
RAID Level:
Disks:
Strip Size:
Capacity:
Volume0
RAID0(Stripe)
Select Disks
128KB
0.0 GB
Create Volume
[SELECT DISKS ]
[↑↓]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status
0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume.
5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to
select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after
completing your selection.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-47
6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array, then
press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB.
The default stripe size is 128 KB.
TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe
size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.
7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The
default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity.
8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning
message appears.
WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST.
Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N):
9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to
go back to the Create Volume menu.
5-48 Chapter 5: Software support
Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored)
To create a RAID 1 set:
1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press
<Enter>. This screen appears.
2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>.
3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to
select RAID 1(Mirror), then press <Enter>.
4. When the Capacity item is highlighted, key in the RAID volume capacity that
you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum
allowed capacity.
5. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning
message appears.
Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH8R wRAID5
Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
[CREATE ARRAY MENU ]
[DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ]
Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used
to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and
cannot contain special characters.
[↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
Name:
RAID Level:
Disks:
Strip Size:
Capacity:
Volume1
RAID1(Mirror)
Select Disks
N/A
XX.X GB
Create Volume
WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST.
Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N):
6. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go
back to Create Volume menu.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-49
Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0+1)
To create a RAID 10 set:
1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press
<Enter>. This screen appears.
Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH8R wRAID5
Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
[CREATE ARRAY MENU ]
[DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ]
Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used
to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and
cannot contain special characters.
Name:
RAID Level:
Disks:
Strip Size:
Capacity:
Volume10
RAID10(RAID0+1)
Select Disks
128KB
XXX.X GB
Create Volume
2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>.
3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to
select RAID 10(RAID0+1), then press <Enter>.
4. When the Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to
select the stripe size for the RAID 10 array, then press <Enter>. The available
stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64
KB.
We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size
for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.
5. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want then press <Enter> when
the Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum
allowed capacity.
[↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
5-50 Chapter 5: Software support
Creating a RAID 5 set (parity)
To create a RAID 5 set:
1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press
<Enter>. This screen appears.
Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH8R wRAID5
Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
[CREATE ARRAY MENU ]
[DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ]
Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used
to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and
cannot contain special characters.
Name:
RAID Level:
Disks:
Strip Size:
Capacity:
Volume5
RAID5(Parity)
Select Disks
64KB
0.0 GB
Create Volume
WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST.
Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N):
7. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to
go back to the Create Volume menu.
[↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
6. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning
message appears.
2. Enter a name for the RAID 5 set, then press <Enter>.
3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to
select RAID 5(Parity), then press <Enter>.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-51
4. The Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to
confgure as RAID. The following pop-up screen appears.
[SELECT DISKS ]
[↑↓]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status
0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk
Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume.
5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the drive you want to set, then press
<Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter>
after completing your selection.
6. When the Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key
to select the stripe size for the RAID 5 array, then press <Enter>.
The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe
size is 64 KB.
We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size
for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.
7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter> when
the Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum
allowed capacity.
8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning
message appears.
WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST.
Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N):
9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to
go back to the Create Volume menu.
5-5Z Chapter 5: Software support
Select Screen
Select Item
+- Change Option
F1 General Help
F10 Save and Exit
ESC Exit
v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.
BIOS SETUP UTILITY
Advanced
Confgure Win627EHF Super IO Chipset

HD Audio Controller [Enabled]
Front Panel Support Type [AC97]
Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled]
Onboard PCIE GbE LAN_1 [Enabled]
LAN Option ROM [Disabled]
Onboard PCI LAN_2 [Enabled]
LAN Option ROM [Disabled]
JMicron SATA/PATA Controller [Enabled]
JMicron Controller Mode [RAID]

Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4]
Enable or Disable
High Defnition Audio
Controller
5.5.3 JMicron
®
RAID Confguration
The JMicron
®
Serial ATA controller allows you to confgure RAID 0, RAID 1 and
JBOD sets on the external Serial ATA hard disk drives.
Before creating a RAID set
Prepare the following items:
1. Two SATA HDDs, preferably with the same model and capacity.
2. A write-enabled foppy disk
3. Microsoft
®
Windows
®
OS installation disk (Windows 2000/XP)
4. Motherboard support CD with JMB363 driver

Complete the following steps before you create a RAID set:
1. Install an internal Serial ATA hard disk drive and an external Serial ATA hard
disk drive on your system.
Install the internal Serial ATA hard disk drive to the SATA connector labeled
SATA�RAID or SATA�RAID1.
2. Set the JMicron Controller Mode item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section
4.4.6 Onboard Devices Confguration for details.
3. Enter the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility to set up your RAID confguration.
4. Create a JMB363 RAID driver disk for Windows
®
OS installation. See section
5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk for details.
5. Install the JMB363 driver after the Windows
®
OS had been installed.
Always install the JMB363 driver before creating RAID sets.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-53
Entering the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility
1. During POST, press <Ctrl-J> to enter the JBM363 RAID BIOS menu.
JMicron Technology Corp. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0.97
Copyright (C) 2004-2005 JMicron Technology http://www. jmicron.com
HDD0 : HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID
HDD1 : HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID
Press <Ctrl-J> to enter RAID Setup Utility...
2. The main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu appears.
3. Use the arrow keys to move the color bar and navigate through the items.
Creating a RAID set
1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Create RAID Disk Drive
using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
JMicron Technology Corp. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0.97
[ TAB]-Switch Window [↑↓]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit
[Hard Disk Drive List]
Model Name Capacity Type/Status
HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID
HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID
[RAID Disk Drive List]
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
5-54 Chapter 5: Software support
2. When the Level item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to select the
RAID set that you want to create.
3. When the Disks item is highlighted, use the up/down arrow key to highlight
an HDD that you want to belong to the RAID set, then press the space bar to
confrm selection. Repeat the process until the HDDs are selected.
A selected HDD shows a sign before it.
4. Key in the RAID volume capacity. Use the up/down arrow to choose the block
size. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity.
[Create New RAID]
Name : JRAID
Level: 0-Stripe
Disks: Select Disk
Block: 128 KB
Size : 319 GB

Confrm Creation
[Create New RAID]
Name : JRAID
Level: 1-Mirror
Disks: Select Disk
Block: N/A
Size : 159 GB

Confrm Creation
[Hard Disk Drive List]
Model Name Capacity Type/Status
HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 XXX GB Non-RAID
HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 XXX GB Non-RAID
[Create New RAID]
Name : JRAID
Level: 0-Stripe
Disks: Select Disk
Block: 128 KB
Size : 319 GB

Confrm Creation
ASUS P5B Premium 5-55
5. When done, press <Enter> to confrm the creation of the RAID set. A dialogue
box appears to confrm the action. Press <Y> to confrm; otherwise, press
<N>.
6. The following screen appears, displaying the relevant information about the
RAID set you created.
[RAID Disk Drive List]
Model Name RAID Level Capacity Status Members(HDDx)
RDD0: JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01
JMicron Technology Corp. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0.97
[Hard Disk Drive List]
Model Name Available Type/Status
HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB Non-RAID
HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID
[ TAB]-Switch Window [↑↓]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit
Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs.
[RAID Disk Drive List]
[Create New RAID]
Name: JRAID
Level: 0-Stripe
Disks: Select Disk
Block: 128 KB
Size : 319 GB

Confrm Creation
CONFIRM RAID CREATION
ALL DATA ON THE SELECTED HARD DISK
WILL BE LOST WHEN EXIT WITH SAVING
Create RAID on the selected HDD (Y/N)? Y
5-56 Chapter 5: Software support
Deleting a RAID set
1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive
using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.
2. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete.
A selected set shows a sign before it. Press the <Del> key to delete the
set.
3. A dialogue box appears to confrm the action. Press <Y> to confrm;
otherwise, press <N>.
Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs.
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
JMicron Technology Corp. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0.97
[Hard Disk Drive List]
Model Name Capacity Type/Status
HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside
HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside
[RAID Disk Drive List]
Model Name RAID Level Capacity Status
Members(HDDx)
RDD0: JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
ALL DATA ON THE RAID WILL BE LOST!!
ARE YOU SURE TO DELETE (Y/N)? Y
[ TAB]-Switch Window [↑↓]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit
ASUS P5B Premium 5-57
Resetting disks to non-RAID
To reset disks to non-RAID:
1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID
using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.
2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAID.
A selected HDD shows a sign before it.
3. A dialogue box appears to confrm the action. Press <Y> to confrm;
otherwise, press <N>.
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDD.
An HDD that has been previously confgured as part of another RAID set in
another platform is called a broken RAID HDD. When you install a broken RAID
HDD, you cannot select this HDD when confguring a RAID set through the
JMB363 utility.
If you still want to use this broken RAID HDD as part of the RAID set confgured
through the JMB363, you may do so by resetting the disk to non-RAID. You will,
however, lose all data and previous RAID confgurations.
5-58 Chapter 5: Software support
To solve a Mirror confict:
1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Solve Mirror Confict using
the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.
2. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to set as source drive.
The selected HDD shows a sign before it.
3. Using the <TAB>, move to the RAID Disk Drive List menu and highlight the
RAID set that you want to rebuild. Press <Del> to begin rebuilding the Mirror
confguration.
A status bar at the bottom of the screen shows the progress of the rebuilding.
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
JMicron Technology Corp. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0.97
[Hard Disk Drive List]
Model Name Capacity Type/Status
HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside
HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside
[RAID Disk Drive List]
Model Name RAID Level Capacity Status
Members(HDDx)
RDD0: JRAID 1-Mirror XXX GB Rebuild 01
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
Rebuilding... 01%, please wait...
Solving a Mirror confict
A Mirror confict occurs when both disks in a RAID 1 (Mirror) confguration are
unplugged from the system in turn, then plugged in again. Since both disks contain
exactly the same data, the system will be unable to determine which of the two
is the source drive. This option allows you to set the source drive and rebuild the
Mirror drive according to the contents of the source drive.
ASUS P5B Premium 5-59
Saving the settings and exiting setup
When you have fnished, highlight Save & Exit Setup using the up/down arrow key
then press <Enter> to save the current RAID confguration and exit the JMB363
RAID BOS utility.
A dialogue box appears to confrm the action. Press <Y> to confrm; otherwise,
press <N> to return to the JMB RAID BIOS menu.
To rebuild a Mirror drive:
1. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu, highlight Rebuild Mirror Drive using
the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
Rebuilding a Mirror Drive
When one of the disks in a RAID 1 (Mirror) confguration is unplugged from the
system, then plugged in again, a dialogue box appears to ask you to rebuild the
Mirror drive. Press <Y> to confrm; otherwise, press <N>. Press <Y> to confrm; otherwise, press <N>.
This option allows you to rebuild the Mirror drive later and synchronize the data
between two hard disks.
2. Using the <TAB>, move to the RAID Disk Drive List menu and highlight the
RAID set that you want to rebuild. Press <Del> to begin rebuilding the Mirror
confguration.
A status bar at the bottom of the screen shows the progress of the rebuilding.
JMicron Technology Corp. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0.97
[Hard Disk Drive List]
Model Name Capacity Type/Status
HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside
HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside
[RAID Disk Drive List]
Model Name RAID Level Capacity Status
Members(HDDx)
RDD0: JRAID 1-Mirror XXX GB Rebuild 01
[Main Menu]
Create RAID Disk Drive
Delete RAID Disk Drive
Revert HDD to Non-RAID
Solve Mirror Confict
Rebuild Mirror Drive
Save and Exit Setup
Exit Without Saving
Rebuilding... 01%, please wait...
5-60 Chapter 5: Software support
5.6.2 Creating a RAID driver disk in Windows
®
To create a RAID driver disk in Windows
®
:
1. Start Windows
®
.
2. Place the motherboard support CD into the optical drive.
3. Go to the Make Disk menu, then click Intel ICH8R 32/64 bit RAID Driver
Disk to create an Intel
®
ICH8R RAID driver disk or the Make JMicron
JMB36X 32/64-bit RAID Driver to create a JMicron JMB363 RAID driver
disk.
4. Insert a foppy disk into the foppy disk drive.
5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process.
Write-protect the foppy disk to avoid computer virus infection.
To install the RAID driver:
1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to
install third-party SCSI or RAID driver.
2. Press <F6> then insert the foppy disk with RAID driver into the foppy disk
drive.
3. When prompted to select the SCSI adapter to install, make sure you select
Intel(R) 82801GH/GM SATA RAID Controller (Desktop ICH8R) and JMicron
JMB363.
4. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation.
5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk
A foppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows
®
2000/XP
and later operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set.
5.6.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS
To create a RAID driver disk without entering the OS:
1. Boot your computer.
2. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility.
3. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device.
4. Insert the support CD into the optical drive.
5. Save changes and exit BIOS.
6. Press any key when the system prompts “Press any key to boot from the
optical drive.”
7. When the menu appears, press <1> to create a RAID driver disk.
8. Insert a formatted foppy disk into the foppy drive then press <Enter>.
9. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process.
6
This chapter tells how to install ATI
®

CrossFire™ graphics cards to avail of
ATI’s Multi-Video Processing technology.
ATI
®
CrossFire™
technology support
ASUS P5B Premium
Chapter summary
6
6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Installing CrossFire™ graphics cards ....................................... 6-2
6.3 Software information ................................................................... 6-5
ASUS P5B Premium 6-1
6.1 Overview
The motherboard supports the ATI
®
CrossFire™ technology that allows you to
install multi-graphics processing units (GPU) graphics cards. Follow the installation
procedures in this section.
6.1.1 Requirements
• CrossFire™ Edition graphics card (Master)
• CrossFire™-ready graphics card (Slave)
• CrossFire™-ready motherboard, such as the ASUS P5W DH Deluxe
motherboard.
• Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the
minimum power required by your system. See 10. ATX Power connectors
on page 2-32 for details.
6.1.2 Before you begin
Uninstall other graphics card drivers in your system
To uninstall other graphics card drivers:
1. Close all current applications.
2. Go to Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs.
3. Select your current graphics card driver/s.
4. Select Add/Remove.
5. Restart your system.
• Visit the ATI website or download the Radeon
®
X850 Crossfre™ Edition
User’s Guide from the support CD for detailed hardware requirements and
installation procedures.
• The ATI CrossFire™ technology supports only the following operating
systems:
- Windows
®
XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service
Pack 2 (SP2)
- Windows
®
XP Professional 64-bit Edition.
• Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the ATI
®
CrossFire™
Technology. Download the latest driver from the ATI website (www.ati.com)
• The maximum resolution of Radeon™ X850 CrossFire™ Edition is 1600 x
1200 at 65 MHz when you use DVI output.
6-2 Chapter 6: ATI
®
MVP technology support
Slave graphics card Master graphics card
2. Insert the CrossFire™ Edition (Master) graphics card into the PCI Express
x16 orange slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6.2 Installing CrossFire™ graphics cards
Before ins talling a CrossFire™ system, refer to the user guide that came with
the ATI
®
CrossFire™ Edition graphics card.
To install the graphics cards:
1. Prepare one CrossFire™ Edition (Master) graphics card and one
CrossFire™-ready (Slave) graphics card.
ASUS P5B Premium 6-3
3. Insert the CrossFire™-ready (Slave) graphics card into the PCI Express x16
black slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
4. Connect an auxiliary power source from the power supply to the graphics
cards.
6-4 Chapter 6: ATI
®
MVP technology support
6. Connect the other end of the external cable to the Slave graphics card.
7. Connect the loose end to the corresponding port on your monitor.
5. Connect one end of the external cable to the Master graphics card.
7
6
ASUS P5B Premium 6-5
6.3 Software information
6.3.1 Installing the device drivers
Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install
the device drivers.
The ATI CrossFire™ technology supports only the following operating systems:
• Windows
®
XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service
Pack 2 (SP2)
• Windows
®
XP Professional 64-bit Edition.
1. Turn on your system and log in with administrator rights.
2. Windows
®
auto-detects the
CrossFire™ graphics cards
and displays the Found New
Hardware Wizard window. Click
Cancel.
3. Place the CrossFire™ installation
CD in your optical drive and install
drivers from the opening menu.
4. Click Next to continue from the
installation window that appears.
5. Read the License Agreement,
then click Yes.
6-6 Chapter 6: ATI
®
MVP technology support
6. Select the components that you
want to install, then click Next.
Setup prepares the installation
wizard that will guide you to setup
process.
Windows automatically confgures
the ATI Catalyst Control Center.
The status windows indicates the
progress of the installation.
7. The Setup Complete window
appears, indicating that the driver
fles have been copied to your
computer.
Click Yes to restart your computer
now or No to restart later
8. Click Finish.
• Select Express to install the HydraVision™ multi-monitor and desktop
management software, as well as the ATI driver.
• Select Custom to individually choose desired software components.
ASUS P5B Premium 6-7
6.3.2 Using the Catalyst™ Control Center
The Catalyst™ Control Center allows you to access display features of the ATI
hardware and software you installed. Use this application to adjust your graphic
settings, enable/disable connected devices, and change your desktop orientation.
Launching the Catalyst™ Control Center
There are several ways to launch the Catalyst™ Control Center:
• On the Windows
®
task bar, click Start > ATI Catalyst™ Control Center >
Catalyst™ Control Center
• Double-click the Catalyst™ Control Center desktop shortcut.
• On the Windows
®
task bar, double-
click the Catalyst™ Control Center
icon.
6-8 Chapter 6: ATI
®
MVP technology support
The Catalyst™ Control Center Dialog Box
View
The Catalyst™ Control Center provides two views:
Standard - simple view with wizards for beginners
Advance - allows advanced users to access and confgure the complete
features of the software
Set to Advance view to enable the CrossFire™ function.
ASUS P5B Premium 6-9
To enable CrossFire™:
1. Set the view to Advance.
2. Click the Crossfre™ item in Graphics Settings.
3. In the CrossFire™ Settings dialog, tick the box opposite Enable
CrossFire™.
2
3
4
Hotkeys
Click the Hotkeys tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to access the
Hotkeys Manager, which allows you to create key combinations as shortcuts
for performing certain functions quickly.
6-10 Chapter 6: ATI
®
MVP technology support
Profiles
Click the Profles tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to access the Profles
Manager, which allows you to create customized environments for your
desktop, video, and 3D applications.
Preferences
Click the Preferences tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to select a
language, restore defaults, change skins, or enable/disable the System Tray
icon.
ASUS P5B Premium 6-11
Help
Click the Help tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to access the online help
system, generate a Problem Report, and get the Catalyst™ Control Center
version information.
6-12 Chapter 6: ATI
®
MVP technology support
A
CPU features
The Appendix describes the CPU features
and technologies that the motherboard
supports.
ASUS P5B Premium
Chapter summary
A
A.1 Intel
®
EM64T ..................................................................................A-1
A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep
®
Technology (EIST) ........................A-1
A.3 Intel
®
Hyper-Threading Technology ...........................................A-3
ASUS P5B Premium A-1
A.1 Intel
®
EM64T
• The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel
®
Pentium
®
4 LGA775
processors running on 32-bit operating systems.
• The motherboard comes with a BIOS fle that supports EM64T. You can
download the latest BIOS fle from the ASUS website (www.asus.com/
support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS fle. See Chapter 4 for
details.
• Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EM64T feature.
• Visit www.microsoft.com for more information on Windows
®
64-bit OS.
Using the Intel
®
EM64T feature
To use the Intel
®
EM64T feature:
1. Install an Intel
®
Pentium
®
4 CPU that supports the Intel
®
EM64T.
2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows
®
XP Professional x64 Edition or
Windows
®
Server 2003 x64 Edition).
3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from
the support CD.
4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any.
Refer to the expansion card or add-on device(s) documentation, or visit the
related website, to verify if the card/device supports a 64-bit system.
A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep
®

Technology (EIST)
• The motherboard comes with a BIOS fle that supports EIST. You can
download the latest BIOS fle from the ASUS website (www.asus.com/
support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS. See Chapter 4 for
details.
• Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EIST feature.
A.2.1 System requirements
Before using EIST, check your system if it meets the following requirements:
• Intel
®
Pentium
®
4 processor with EIST support
• BIOS fle with EIST support
• Operating system with EIST support (Windows
®
XP SP2/Windows
®
Server
2003 SP1/Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions)
A-Z Appendix: CPU features
A.2.2 Using the EIST
To use the EIST feature:
1. Turn on the computer, then enter the BIOS Setup.
2. Go to the Advanced Menu, highlight CPU Confguration,
then press <Enter>.
3. Set the Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology item to [Automatic],
then press <Enter>. See page 4-27 for details.
4. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup.
5. After the computer restarts, right click on a blank space on the desktop, then
select Properties from the pop-up menu.
6. When the Display Properties
window appears, click the Screen
Saver tab.
7. Click the Power button on the
Monitor power section to open the
Power Options Properties window.
8. On the Power schemes section,
click , then select any option
except Home/Offce Desktop or
Always On.
9. Click Apply, then click OK.
10. Close the Display Properties
window.
After you adjust the power scheme,
the CPU internal frequency slightly
decreases when the CPU loading is
low.
The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operating
system.
ASUS P5B Premium A-3
A.3 Intel
®
Hyper-Threading Technology
• The motherboard supports Intel
®
Pentium
®
4 LGA775 processors with
Hyper-Threading Technology.
• Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows
®
XP/2003 Server
and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only. Under Linux, use the
Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other
operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the
BIOS to ensure system stability and performance.
• Installing Windows
®
XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended.
• Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before
installing a supported operating system.
• For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology, visit www.intel.
com/info/hyperthreading.
Using the Hyper-Threading Technology
To use the Hyper-Threading Technology:
1. Install an Intel
®
Pentium
®
4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology.
2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. Under the Advanced Menu,
make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology is set to Enabled. See
page 4-27 for details.
The BIOS item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-
-Threading Technology.
3. Restart the computer.
A-4 Appendix: CPU features

E4217 First Edition V1 September 2008

Copyright © 2008 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (“ASUS”). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair, modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners’ benefit, without intent to infringe.

ii

Contents
Contents ...................................................................................................... iii Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix P5B Premium specifications summary .................................................... xi

Chapter 1: Product introduction
1.1 1.2 1.3

Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 Package contents......................................................................... 1-1 Special features............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features .................................. 1-4 ASUS Special features ................................................... 1-7 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features .......................... 1-7 ASUS features and the supporting OS ........................... 1-8

Chapter 2: Hardware information
2.1 2.2

Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3 Layout contents............................................................... 2-4 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-7 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ................................ 2-9 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan ..........................2-11 Overview ....................................................................... 2-13 Memory configurations.................................................. 2-13 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-17 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-17 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-18 Configuring an expansion card ..................................... 2-18 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-19 PCI slots........................................................................ 2-20 PCI Express x1 slot....................................................... 2-20
iii

2.3

Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3

2.4

System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.4.4

2.5

Expansion slots.......................................................................... 2-18 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.5.5

.........................................................8 4....................1......................................................................... 4-12 ............................................... 4-12 SATA 1-6 .................6 4........ 2-26 Installing the optional fan ......2 2.... 3-2 3........2 Using the OS shut down function..............................1 3.7....................................................................................................3 4...................... 3-2 Using the dual function power switch.1 4............... 2-23 2...4-11 Scroll bar ....5 4.................................................................1 4.....................3..............................................................1 3..4-11 Configuration fields .............. 4-12 Floppy A [1..........................2... 3-2 Chapter4: BIOS setup 4............4 4.......................... 4-9 Main menu .........2 4........ 2-22 Connectors .7..5..3 4........ 4-13 IDE Configuration......... 4-10 Navigation keys..........4-11 General help ...7............................6 iv Managing and updating your BIOS ..................................3....] .................................2......2....2...........1........ 4-6 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................44M...................................................... 4-5 AFUDOS utility .2 4...........2 4......1........................ 2-37 Chapter 3: Powering up Starting up for the first time ............... 2-20 Jumper ..3 4................... 4-8 BIOS menu screen......................4-11 System Time [xx:xx:xx] ..............................7 4..............1 4..............2.........2........ 4-14 BIOS setup program ...............9 4...................................................... 4-10 Menu bar ..........3............................3.. 3-1 Turning off the computer.....2. 2-23 Internal connectors ......................................1..................................................................5 4...5 in..........................3 4.......... 4-4 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility.........1 4.............2...............................5 4.................................................................................................................................................................4-11 Pop-up window ................ 4-10 Menu items ........2 4.............................................................2 Rear panel connectors .....7 Two PCI Express x16 slots ...... 3.........2.......... 4-1 Creating a bootable floppy disk.................................................Contents 2.........................3..... 4-12 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx]............. 4-1 ASUS Update utility ......6 2............................................4 4........1...........4 4.................................................3....3 3.1 2.........2.............6 2..........4-11 Sub-menu items .2...........4-12 Language [English] ........................

......................4....1 4. 4-36 ASUS O....................................................................................................... 5-1 Drivers menu......................... 4-34 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................2 4...............3 4........4..............................4..4..8 4....................... 4-38 Installing an operating system ......................... 4-27 ACPI 2....5.4 4............................... 4-29 Boot Device Priority .............3........................................................6......3 4...............................5.3 5....... 4-25 PCIPnP ......................................3 4...........................................................1 4.....2..................................................................................................................0 Support [Disabled] ...................................5.......................................... 4-23 OnBoard Devices Configuration ...................................................................5......2............2............. 4-28 Hardware Monitor .........4 4.6.................................7..........6 4.....................7 4.................2............... 4-15 JumperFree Configuration ............................. 5-1 5................4 5.............. 4-37 Advanced menu ................ 4-19 USB Configuration .....6 4......................................................... 5-4 Manuals menu ................. 4-27 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled]..... 4-22 Chipset .....2 4......... 5-1 Support CD information ......................2 4......1 4....... 4-27 Boot menu ......................4 4.................... 4-19 TPM Configuration ......... 5-5 Other information ...................2...4.....................3 Software information ....................................4. 4-16 LAN Cable Status .5............................7 4........2......... 4-16 Power menu ........................................................................................6..5 4......... Profile........7 4....................................... 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5....... 5-5 ASUS Contact information ...................... 4-21 CPU Configuration ..........................2 4.........................6 4..5................. 4-27 APM Configuration .......................................Contents 4............ 5-3 Make Disk menu ............... 4-31 Boot Settings Configuration ..7................................. 4-31 Tools menu . 4-32 Security ........................2 System Information ..1 4..........................2 5.... 5-8 v ..... 4-36 Exit menu .1 5.............7 Running the support CD . 4-26 Suspend Mode [Auto] ...................................8 5........5 4.................................C.......4....2..................................1 5..........6 5............................................................... 4-27 Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled] ..................5 5.................5 4............................. 5-2 Utilities menu ..........................................................4..............................

.....3......... 6-1 Before you begin ................... .... 6-1 Installing CrossFire™ graphics cards .................3.............2 5.....2 5.......................................................... 5-8 AI NET2 ........................................... 5-10 Windows Vista features ............................................................................. 5-42 Installing Serial ATA hard disks ...................... 5-21 ASUS Q-Fan ..10 5.....3..................A-1 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Technology (EIST) ..1 ASUS MyLogo2™ .............................................................3.............3............ 5-22 ASUS AI Booster..............2 Installing the device drivers.........3......... 5-52 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS .5 5................ 5-60 Creating a RAID driver disk in Windows® ..........1 5.............. 6-5 Using the Catalyst™ Control Center .......5..........................1 6....... 6-7 Appendix: CPU features A........................6....................................3 Overview ..............3...........6 5....1 5....5-11 ASUS AI Suite ..........3........................ 5-60 Chapter 6: ATI® CrossFire™ technology support 6.......................................... 5-23 AI Remote (Limited Edition only) .............3........................... 5-43 Creating a RAID driver disk................1 6....................2 6..6....3............ 6-5 6.................4................................ 5-32 SoundMAX® High Definition Audio utility .....1................................................5-41 Using the Virtual Cable Tester™ ...A-3 ...............11 5........2 6.............3.1 5..3 vi Intel® EM64T........... 5-19 ASUS AI Nap ...9 5.........4 5..A-1 Intel® Hyper-Threading Technology .........3 5...............................3 5..................... 5-20 ASUS AI N...........................................................3..................................8 5.................. 5-36 ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller) ......5............3....Contents 5....S...................................1 A................. 5-17 ASUS AI Gear .12 5...............................................................4 5............................................ 5-24 TPM .............................3................. 5-10 ASUS PC Probe II..............................O............................................................................2 A....... 5-41 BitLocker Drive Encryption............5 5......2 5............... 6-2 Software information ...............4.............................................5... 5-44 Intel® RAID configurations ....................................................7 5.......... 6-1 Requirements.................................1...........................1 5...... 5-44 JMicron® RAID Configuration .........2 6..........6 5........................ 5-60 RAID configurations ..............................

which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: • • This device may not cause harmful interference. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. vii . This equipment generates. uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. However.Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. and This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • • • • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

• • • • Operation safety • • • • • • Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it. humidity. keep paper clips. sockets and circuitry. contact your dealer immediately. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. Place the product on a stable surface. If the power supply is broken. To avoid short circuits. viii . screws.Safety information Electrical safety • • To prevent electrical shock hazard. Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard. Avoid dust. and temperature extremes. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. contact your local power company. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using. do not try to fix it by yourself. Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord. slots. carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. When adding or removing devices to or from the system. make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible. contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. If you detect any damage. and staples away from connectors. Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. ensure that all power cables are unplugged. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. If you encounter technical problems with the product. Before using the product.

• Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire™ support This chapter describes the ATI CrossFire™ feature and shows the graphics card installation procedures. that may have been added by your dealer. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: • Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. Refer to the ASUS contact information. • Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package and the software. and connectors on the motherboard. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ix . • Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. These documents are not part of the standard package.About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. 1. Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation. such as warranty flyers. • Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. jumpers. • Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. 2. • Appendix: CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. It includes description of the switches.

Typography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. Example: <Ctrl+Alt+D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual.Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly. <Key1+Key2+Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously. type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iP5B-Premium. Used to emphasize a word or a phrase.ROM Italics <Key> x . DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key. IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. the key names are linked with a plus sign (+). Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key. Example: At the DOS prompt.

1 x UltraDMA 133/100/66 for up to 2 PATA devices .2 Southbridge .com or user manual for Memory QVL (Qualify Vendor List) 2 x PCI-E x16 (blue @ x16 mode.asus.com for Intel CPU support list Intel® P965 / ICH8R with Intel® Fast Memory Access Technology 1066 / 800 / 533 MHz 4 x DIMM.Support SATA RAID 0. JMicron® JMB363 PATA and SATA controller . max. 5 and 10. both featuring AI NET2 Marvell® PCI-E and PCI Gigabit LAN controllers ADI® AD1988B 8-channel High Definition Audio CODEC . 4 ports at back panel) AI Remote (Limited Edition only) ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller) AP Trigger (Limited Edition only) TPM (continued on the next page) Chipset System Bus Memory Expansion Slots Storage IEEE 1394 USB ASUS AI Lifestyle Unique features xi .0 Gb/s port .P5B Premium specifications summary CPU LGA775 socket for Intel® Core™2 Quad / Core™2 Extreme / Core™2 Duo / Pentium® Extreme / Pentium® D / Pentium® 4 / Celeron® D Processors Compatible with Intel® 05B/05A/06 processors Intel® Hyper-Threading Technology ready * Refer to www. DDR2 800 / 667 / 533 MHz.0 ports (4 ports at mid-board. Multi-streaming. black @ x4 or x2 mode) supports CrossFire technology 1 x PCI-E x1 (x1 or disabled mode) 3 x PCI 2. 8GB. one at back panel) 8 x USB2.0 Gb/s ports . non-ECC. and Front panel Jack-retasking TI® 1394a controller supports 2 x IEEE 1394a ports (one at midboard. un-buffered memory Dual channel memory architecture * Refer to www. 1 and JBOD (by 1 x External SATA and 1 x Internal SATA) LAN Audio Dual Gigabit LAN controllers.1 x Internal SATA 3. 1.Coaxial / Optical S/PDIF out ports at back I/O Support Jack-detecting.Intel Matrix Storage Technology supports RAID 0.0 Gb/s port (SATA On-the-Go) .6 x SATA 3.1 x External SATA 3.asus.

25mV increment .Memory tuning from 533MHz up to 1066MHz .ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 .ASUS AI Booster utility Precision Tweaker: .ASUS Noise Filter .ASUS Fanless Design: Stack Cool 2 .(CPU Parameter Recall) Other Features Back Panel I/O Ports ASUS MyLogo2™ Multi-language BIOS 1 x PS/2 Keyboard 1 x PS/2 Mouse 1 x Serial port 1 x S/PDIF Out (Coaxial + Optical) 1 x External SATA 1 x IEEE1394a 2 x RJ45 port 4 x USB 2.FSB tuning from 100MHz up to 650MHz at 1MHz increment .AI NOS™ (Non-delay Overclocking System) .P5B Premium specifications summary ASUS AI Lifestyle Unique features ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution: .vChipset: 4-step Chipset voltage control SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection) . Profile .vDIMM: 13-step DRAM voltage control .ASUS Q-Fan 2 ASUS Crystal Sound: .ASUS Fanless Design: Heat-pipe solution .ASUS Q-Connector .ASUS Array Mic ASUS EZ DIY: .ASUS O.vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 6.0/1.PCI Express frequency tuning from 100MHz up to 150MHz at 1MHz increment Overclocking Protection: .ASUS EZ Flash 2 .ASUS 8-Phase Power Design .ASUS AI Gear .1 8-Channel Audio I/O (continued on the next page) xii .ASUS C.ASUS AI Nap .R.AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) .P.ASUS Power LED ASUS Exclusive Overclocking Features Intelligent overclocking tools: .C.

Multi-language BIOS. AMI BIOS. DMI2. SM BIOS 2. ACPI 2.0. ASUS EZ Flash 2. PXE AI Remote (Limited Edition only) UltraDMA 133/100/66 cable SATA cables SATA power cables I/O Shield User's manual Array mic 2 in 1 Q-connector Drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update ASUS AI Suite Anti-virus software (OEM version) ATX Form Factor.6” (30. DMI 2.0a.0.3. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 WfM 2. 12”x 9.5cm x 24.0.4cm) BIOS Features Manageability Accessories Support CD Contents Form Factor *Specifications are subject to change without notice. WfM2. WOL by PME.P5B Premium specifications summary Internal I/O Connectors 2 x USB connectors support additional 4 USB ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector 1 x TPM connector 7 x SATA connectors 1 x CPU Fan connector 3 x Chassis Fan connector 1 x Power Fan connector 1 x IEEE1394a connector Front panel audio connector 1 x S/PDIF Out Header Chassis Intrusion connector CD audio in 24-pin ATX Power connector 2 x 4-pin ATX 12V Power connector System Panel 8 Mb Flash ROM. WOR by PME. xiii .0. PnP.

xiv .

This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports. Product introduction 1 .

........2 1..3 Welcome! .... 1-2 1 ASUS P5B Premium ..................................................................................................................... 1-1 Special features........................1 1........................Chapter summary 1..................................... 1-1 Package contents.......................

ASUS P5B Premium 1-1 . Retail version only) 1 x AI Remote Kit (Limited Edition only) ASUS motherboard support DVD User guide Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Cables Accessories Application CD Documentation If any of the above items is damaged or missing. 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS® P5B Premium motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies. contact your retailer. check the items in your package with the list below.2 Package contents ASUS P5B Premium Serial ATA power and signal cable for 2 devices 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable I/O shield ASUS Array Mic 1 x ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB. making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard. and hardware devices on it.1. system panel.

See page 2-13 for details. Intel P965 Chipset The Intel® P965 Express Chipset is the latest chipset designed to support 8GB of dual-channel DDR2 800/677/533 architecture. PCI Express x16 graphics and multi-core CPU. This new feature optimizes the use of available memory size.1. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance. this motherboard does not restrict the memory size across two channels. With the new Intel® Core™ microarchitecture technology and 1066 / 800 MHz FSB. multi-media and enthusiastic gamers with 1066 / 800 MHz FSB. Intel® Quad-core Processor Ready This motherboard supports the latest Intel® Quad-core processors in the LGA775 package. This is in line with the ASUS vision of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard consumers’ health while minimizing the impact on the environment. It is excellent for multi-tasking. It especially includes Intel® Fast Memory Access technology that significantly optimizes the use of available memory bandwidth and reduces the latency of the memory accesses. DDR2 memory support The motherboard supports DDR2 memory that features data transfer rates of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics. 1- Chapter 1: Product Introduction .3 1.8 GB/s. Furthermore. the Intel® Core™2 is one of the most powerful and energy efficient CPUs in the world. 1066/800 FSB (Front Side Bus). multimedia.1 Special features Product highlights Green ASUS This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European Union’s Restriction on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS).3. and Internet applications. Intel® Quad-core processor is one of the most powerful CPU in the world. Intel® Core™2 Duo/ Intel® Core™2 Extreme CPU support This motherboard supports the latest Intel® Core™2 processor in the LGA775 package. Users may install different memory size DIMMs into the two channels and enjoy dual-channel and single-channel functions at the same time. eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.

It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the best signal quality. digital video camcorders. See pages 2-23 and 2-24 for details. See pages 2-25 and 2-34 for details. This capability ensures rapid transfer of data from WAN to LAN without any added arbitration or latency. Easily backup photos. 1. See pages 2-24. retasking functions and multistreaming technology that simultaneously sends different audio streams to different destinations. 1. The external SATA port located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. See page 2-23 for details. storage peripherals & other PC portable devices. 5 and 10 functions. ASUS P5B Premium 1- .0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go This motherboard supports the next-generation hard drives based on the Serial ATA (SATA) 3Gb/s storage specification. previously codenamed Azalia) CODEC enables high-quality 192KHz/24-bit audio output. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video appliances such as digital television. videos and other entertainment contents to external devices. The JMicron controller provides another two Serial ATA connectors for RAID 0. jack-sensing feature. Dual Gigabit LAN solution The integrated dual Gigabit LAN design allows a PC to serve as a network gateway for managing traffic between two separate networks. Dual RAID solution The Intel® P965 chipset incorporates six Serial ATA connectors with high performance RAID 0. See pages 2-27 to 2-29 for details. See pages 2-23 and 2-30 for details. High Definition Audio Enjoy high-end sound quality on your PC! The onboard 8-channel HD audio (High Definition Audio. S/PDIF digital sound ready This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY-PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks. and JBOD functions. Making this motherboard an ideal solution to enhance hard disk performance and data back up protection without the cost of add-on cards. You can now talk to your partners on the headphone while playing multi-channel network games. delivering enhanced scalability and doubling the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves.Serial ATA 3. and 2-27 for details.

See page 5-19 for details. Thus. simply click the mouse or press a key.3. You can choose the mode that best suits your computing needs. AI Gear AI Gear provides four modes that adjust the CPU frequency and Vcore voltage minimizing system noise and power consumption. the system can continue running at minimum power and noise when you are temporarily away.1. you can quickly turn on your PC and launch predefined applications simultaneously! (Limited Edition only) ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution ASUS Quiet Thermal solution makes system more stable and enhances the overclocking capability. Have an AI Remote in your hand and do more with your PC from a distance! ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller) ASAP gets you to your destination ASAP.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle unique features (Limited Edition only) AI Remote The revolutionary AI Remote gives you unprecedented control from the comfort of your couch. See page 5-20 for details. 1- Chapter 1: Product Introduction . launch your favorite applications by enabling AP Trigger function. or control AI Gear and AI Nap. ASAP delivers greater efficiency and gets more productivity out of your system with the Windows Vista ReadyBoost™ function. ASAP accelerates the boot up time. To wake the system and return to the OS environment. and program initiation. AP Trigger The AP Trigger allows you to quickly boot or resume directly into media or into your favorite applications. AI Nap With AI Nap. you can quickly do your usual computer activities such as turn ON/OFF your PC. With just the touch of a button. The AI Remote also gives you the comfort of a traditional remote on media player. With just a touch of a button on the AI Remote controller.

Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. online game. 4-30 and 5-22 for details.Heat-pipe The Heat Pipe design effectively directs the heat generated by the chipsets to the heatsink near the back IO ports. It also uses advanced de-reverberation techniques to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. especially beneficial when CPU requires more current immediately under heavy loading or overclocking mode. This feature can enchance speech-centric applications like Skype. cool and efficient operation.8-Phase Power Design The ASUS 8-Phase Power Design provides highly efficient operation to generate less heat (at least 15°C (59°F)) than other conventional power solutions. It reduces input ripple current and output ripple voltage. video conference. and recording. ASUS P5B Premium 1- . ASUS Array Mic The Bundled Superbeam Array Microphone receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and ignores the sounds coming from other directions. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat these critical components generate. video conference and recording. it provides options for users to install side-flow fan or passive cooler. This mechanism eliminates a large number of interferences. which keeps CPU and power module from suffering the risk of high power stress. See page 4-29. See page 5-38 for details. Fanless Design . online game. Fanless Design . including neighboring speakers and reverberations. It has the advantages of quick transient response and stability. The Heat Pipe design is the most reliable fanless thermal solution to date. Furthermore. Q-Fan 2 ASUS Q-Fan2 technology intelligently adjusts both CPU fan and chassis fan speeds according to system loading to ensure quiet. where it can be carried away by existing airflow from CPU fan or bundled optional fan. The purpose of the innovative heat pipe design on this motherboard is that the groundbreaking fanless design does not have lifetime problems as a chipset fan does. ASUS Crystal Sound This feature can enhance speech-centric applications like Skype.

Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based flash utility. giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. See page 4-8 for details. Blue indicates that the system is in sleep/soft-off mode and red indicates that the system is ON. The ASUS Power LED helps remind you to shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. ASUS EZ DIY ASUS EZ DIY feature collection provides you easy ways to install computer components. Simply press the predefined hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS.C. 1- Chapter 1: Product Introduction . and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB flash disk containing the BIOS file. ASUS Power LED The motherboard comes with a newly designed ASUS Power LED that lights up in two colors to show the system power status. ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility.Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate file. air conditioners. ASUS O. update the BIOS or back up your favorite settings. See page 5-38 for details.C. Profile that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. Profile The motherboard features the ASUS O. ASUS Q-Connector ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect or disconnect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. See page 2-1 for details. This unique module eliminates the trouble of connecting the system panel cables one at a time and avoiding wrong cable connections. See page 2-36 for details. See page 4-37 for details. See pages 4-5 and 4-36 for details.

ASUS P5B Premium 1- . eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Precision Tweaker This feature allows you to fine tune the CPU/memory voltage and gradually increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz increment to achieve maximum system performance. C.3. Unlike other dynamic overclocking techniques.P.P. AC power off is required before using C. See page 4-32 for details.R. See page 4-16 and 5-21 for details. 1. When the system hangs due to overclocking. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking.3. See page 4-12 for details.R. Due to the chipset behavior.4 ASUS Intelligent Overclocking features AI NOS™ (Non-Delay Overclocking System) The patented ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System™ (AI NOS™) technology auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed when needed. AI NOS™ reacts much faster to satisfy your need for speed. ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. function.1. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P. Simply shut down and reboot the system.R.3 ASUS Special features ASUS MyLogo2™ This feature allows you to convert your favorite photo into a 256-color boot logo for a more colorful and vivid image on your screen.R. The localized BIOS setup menu helps you configure your system easier and faster.P. C. and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter.

1.3. Win 2000 AI Remote AP Trigger ASAP AI NOS AI Gear AI Nap AI Booster Array Mic Noise Filter SoundMAX PC Probe II AI NET 2 v v v v v v v v v XP 32bit v v Function as USB flash only v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v XP 64bit v v Vista 32bit v v v v v v v v v ※ v v Vista 64bit v v v v v v v v v ※ v v 1- Chapter 1: Product Introduction .5 ASUS features and the supporting OS Refer to the following table for the OS that supports ASUS features.

Hardware information 2 . It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components.

................................................7 Before you proceed ............................................................................................ 2-23 ASUS P5B Premium ......................5 2.............................. 2-6 System memory ......3 2.........................................................1 2.......... 2-2 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ............................................... 2-18 Jumper ..................6 2............Chapter summary 2 2................. 2-13 Expansion slots....................2 2..................4 2.................................................. 2-1 Motherboard overview ........................................ 2-22 Connectors ......................

and/or components. Whenever you uninstall any component. place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ® P5B PREMIUM (blue) Sleep/Soft-OFF (red) ON P5B PREMIUM Onboard LED ASUS P5B Premium 2-1 . • • Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. • • • Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a newly designed ASUS Power LED that lights up in two colors to show the system power status. Before you install or remove any component.2. Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard. The ASUS Power LED helps remind you to shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object. peripherals. before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity. Blue indicates that the system is in sleep/soft-off mode and red indicates that the system is ON.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. such as the power supply case.

Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard. make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard.2.2. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information ® P5B PREMIUM . study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. 2.2. 2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard.

240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit.240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit.2.3 PS/2KBMS T: Mouse B: Keyboard SPDIF_O1 Motherboard layout 24.5cm (9.0in) LAN_USB34 88E8056 EATXPWR FLOPPY AUDIO P5B PREMIUM PWR_FAN T: 1394 B: F_ESATA LGA775 Super I/O 2-3 .2.7 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and internal connectors.240-pin module) LAN_USB12 ® USB910_ASAP Intel® P965 SATA_RAID1 CHA_FAN2 JMicron JMB363 PCI1 SPDIF_OUT CLRTC AD1988 PCI2 PCIEX16_2 SPI_J1 CHASSIS Intel® ICH8R SATA5 SATA2 SATA1 SATA3 SATA6 USB56 USB78 CHA_FAN1 SATA4 CHA_FAN3 PANEL 88E8001 PCIEX1_1 TSB43AB22A IE1394_2 PCI3 CD AAFP TPM Refer to 2.5cm (12. ASUS P5B Premium PRI_IDE PCIEX16_1 CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power 30.6in) CPU_FAN EATX12V SPDIF_O2 COM1 DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit.240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit.

2. 4. 8.4 Slots Layout contents Page 1. 9. DDR2 DIMM slots PCI slots PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x16 slots Universal PCI-E slot 2-13 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-21 Jumper Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) Serial port IEEE 1394a port Center/Subwoofer port (orange) Rear Speaker Out port (black) Line In port (light blue) Line Out port (lime) LAN 1/2 (RJ-45) port) ) USB 2. 4. 2. 14. 3. 15.0 ports 1 and 2. 3 and 4 Microphone port (pink) Side Speaker Out port (gray) External SATA port Optical S/PDIF Out port Coaxial S/PDIF Out port PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information . Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-22 Rear panel connectors Page 1. 12. 5. 11. 10.2. 7.2. 5. 3. 13. 6.

SATA2 [red]. chassis. 2x4-pin EATX12V) 11. USB 78) Standard Edition: (10-1 pin USB56.Internal connectors Page 1. 5. USB 78. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 12. 3. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) 14. 8. SATA5 [red]. power. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR. 2. 6. 3-pin PWR�FAN) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-26 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29 2-29 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-32 2-33 2-34 2-34 2-35 10. 3-pin CHA�FAN3. System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) ASUS P5B Premium 2-5 . Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 13. SATA6 [red]) JMicron JMB363® Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA�RAID) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) USB connectors Vista Edition: (10-1 pin USB56. 7.SATA3 [black]. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI�IDE) ICH8R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red]. 3-pin CHA�FAN1. and chipset fan connectors (4-pin CPU�FAN. 9. SATA4 [black]. 4. USB910�ASAP)) IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394�2) CPU. 3-pin CHA�FAN2.

If installing a dual-core CPU. or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA�FAN1 connector to ensure system stability. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. • • • 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information .2. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. • • Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel® Core™2 Quad/ Core™2/ Pentium® D/ Pentium® 4/ Pentium® Extreme and Celeron® D processors. Upon purchase of the motherboard. The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal. Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap.

Press the load lever with your thumb (A). 2. make sure that the cam box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135º angle. P5B PREMIUM P5B PREMIUM CPU Socket 775 Before installing the CPU. ASUS P5B Premium 2-7 . then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Installing the CPU To install a CPU: Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard.3.1 1. To prevent damage to the socket pins.2. do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. Retention tab Load lever ® A PnP cap B This side of the socket box should face you. 3.

Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Technology (EIST). then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). 7. Close the load plate (A). Refer to the Appendix for more information on these CPU features. making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket then fit the socket alignment key into the CPU notch.4. CPU notch Gold triangle mark The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information . Lift the load plate with your thumb and forefinger to a 100º angle (A). then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. and Hyper-Threading Technology. B A The motherboard supports Intel® LGA775 processors with the Intel® Enhanced Memory 64 Technology (EM64T). If installing a dual-core CPU. connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA�FAN1 connector to ensure system stability. B A Load plate Alignment key 5. Position the CPU over the socket. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6.

) ASUS P5B Premium 2-9 . the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU fan connector. Your Intel® LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. • When you buy a boxed Intel® processor.2 ® Installing the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Motherboard hole Fastener Narrow end of the groove Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis. making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. If you buy a CPU separately. If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly. make sure that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly.3. • • Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly.2. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. make sure that you use only Intel®-certified multi-directional heatsink and fan.

Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. A B A A B B B A 3. P5B PREMIUM CPU_FAN GND CPU FAN PWR CPU FAN IN CPU FAN PWM P5B PREMIUM CPU fan connector DO NOT forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. 2-10 ® Chapter 2: Hardware information . Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU�FAN.2.

3. Carefully remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard.2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. ASUS P5B Premium 2-11 . B A B A A B B A 4.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. 2. 3.

2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information .) Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation.5. Narrow end of the groove The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling.

This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb chips or double sided x16 memory modules. • You may install varying memory sizes in Channel A and Channel B. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. 512 MB. • • • ASUS P5B Premium DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2 2-13 . DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket.4.2 Memory configurations You may install 256 MB. For optimum compatibility. The system maps the total size of the lower-sized channel for the dual-channel configuration. Any excess memory from the higher-sized channel is then mapped for single-channel operation. it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. The figure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: ® P5B PREMIUM DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 P5B PREMIUM 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets Channel Sockets Channel A Channel B DIMM�A1 and DIMM�A2 DIMM�B1 and DIMM�B2 2. Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency.4.2.1 System memory Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets.4 2. and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. Due to chipset resource allocation. 1 GB.

adjust the memory timing manually. If you want to operate with lower latency. If you install Windows XP 32-bit version operating system. the system may detect less than 3 GB of total memory because of address space allocation for other critical functions. but only DDR2-533 and DDR2-667 2 GB density modules are available for this configuration. contact your memory vendor to check the ODT value.• If you install four 1 GB memory modules. • Notes on memory limitations • Windows 2000 Advanced Server 32-bit Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Vista x64 Edition 64-bit • • • Some old-version DDR2-800/667 DIMMs may not match Intel®’s On-Die-Termination (ODT) requirement and will automatically downgrade to run at DDR2-533. DDR2-800 with CL=4 will be downgraded to run at DDR2-667 by default setting. Due to chipset limitation. This limitation applies to Windows XP 32-bit version operating system since it does not support PAE (Physical Address Extention) mode. Due to chipset limitation. If this happens. this motherboard can only support up to 8 GB on the operating systems listed below. You may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. we recommend that you install less than 3GB of total memory. If you want to operate with lower latency. Due to chipset limitation. 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information . adjust the memory timing manually. DDR2-667 with CL=3 will be downgraded to run at DDR2-533 by default setting.

P5B Premium Motherboard Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) DDR2-800MHz capability
Qualified Vendors List (QVL) Standard table for user manual Size 1024MB 512MB 1024MB 512MB 1024MB Vendor Hynix MICRON MICRON MICRON MICRON Chip No. HY5PS12821BFP-S5 5JAIIZ9DQQ 5JAIIZ9DQQ 5ZD22D9GKX 5ZD22D9GKX 6CD22D9GKX 6CD22D9GKX Heat-Sink Package Heat-Sink Package Heat-Sink Package N/A AD29608A8A-25EG Heat-Sink Package E2508AB-GE-E CL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Chip Brand

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

512MB MICRON 1024MB MICRON 512MB 1024MB 1024MB 512MB 512MB 1024MB 512MB CORSAIR CORSAIR CORSAIR A-DATA A-DATA Crucial Apacer

DIMM support A* B* C* DS HYMP512U64BP8-S5 V V V SS MT8HTF6464AY-80EA3 V V V DS MT16HTF12864AY-80EA3 V V V SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 V V DS MT16HTF12864AYV V 80ED4 SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 V V V DS MT16HTF12864AYV V 80ED4 SS CM2X512A-6400 V V DS CM2X1024-6400PRO V V V DS CM2X1024-6400C4 V V V SS M2OAD6G3H3160J1E52 V V V SS M20AD6G3H3160I1E5E V DS BL12864AA804.16FA V V V DS 78.91091.420 V SS/ Part No. DS

P5B PremiumSeries Motherboard Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) DDR2-667MHz capability
Qualified Vendors List (QVL) Standard table for user manual Size 512MB 1024MB 512MB 256MB 512MB 512MB 1024MB 256MB 512MB 1024MB 256MB 512MB 1024MB 512MB 512MB 256MB 512MB 512MB 512MB 512MB 512MB Vendor KINGSTON KINGSTON KINGSTON KINGSTON SAMSUNG SAMSUNG SAMSUNG Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Hynix Hynix ELPIDA ELPIDA A-DATA A-DATA Transcend Transcend Chip No. E5108AE-6E-E E5108AE-6E-E E5108AE-6E-E HYB18T256800AF3 K4T56083QF-ZCE6 ZCE6K4T51083QC ZCE6K4T51083QC HYB18T512160AF-3S HYB18T512800AF3S HYB18T512800AF3S HYB18T512160BF-3S HYB18T512800BF3S HYB18T512800BF3S HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 E2508AB-6E-E E5108AE-6E-E E5108AE-6E-E AD29608A8B-3EG E5108AE-6E-E J12Q3AB-6 CL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Chip Brand

SS/ Part No. DS SS DS SS SS DS SS DS SS SS DS SS SS DS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS KVR667D2N5/512 KVR667D2N5/1G KVR667D2E5/512 KVR667D2N5/256 M378T6453FZ0-CE6 M378T6553CZ0-CE6 M378T2953CZ0-CE6 HYS64T32000HU-3S-A HYS64T64000HU-3S-A HYS64T128020HU-3S-A HYS64T32000HU-3S-B HYS64T64000HU-3S-B HYS64T128020HU-3S-B HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E M20EL5G3H3160B1C0Z M20AD5Q3H3163J1C52 TS64MLQ64V6J JM367Q643A-6

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

A* V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

DIMM support B* C* V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

V V

V V V V V V

ASUS P5B Premium

2-15

P5B Premium Motherboard Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) DDR2-533 MHz capability
Qualified Vendors List (QVL) Standard table for user manual Size 256MB 512MB 1024MB 512MB 256MB 512MB 1024MB 2048MB 256MB 512MB 1024MB 512MB 512MB 256MB 256MB 512MB 1024MB 512MB 1024MB 512MB 1024MB Vendor KINGSTON KINGSTON KINGSTON Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Infineon Hynix Hynix Apacer KINGMAX KINGMAX KINGMAX KINGMAX KINGMAX Transcend Transcend Chip No. E5116AF-5C-E HYB18T512800AF37 5YDIID9GCT HYB18T512800AC37 HYB18T512160AF-3.7 HYB18T512800AF37 HYB18T512800AF37 HYB18T1G800AF-3.7 HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 HYB18T512800BF37 HYB18T512800BF37 HY5PS12821F-C4 HY5PS12821AFP-C3 E5116AB-5C-E E5116AB-5C-E E5108AE-5C-E E5108AE-5C-E KKEA88E4AAK-37 5MB22D9DCN K4T51083QB-GCD5 K4T51083QB-GCD5 CL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Chip Brand

SS/ DS SS SS DS SS SS SS DS DS SS SS DS SS SS SS SS SS DS SS DS SS DS

Part No. KVR533D2N4/256 KVR533D2N4/512 KVR533D2N4/1G HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A HYS64T256020HU-3.7-A HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B HYMP564U648-C4 HYMP564U64AP8-C3 78.81077.420 KLBB68F-36EP4 KLBC28F-A8EB4 KLBD48F-A8EB4 KLBC28F-A8KE4 KLBD48F-A8ME4 TS64MLQ64V5J TS128MLQ64V5J V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

DIMM support A* B* C* V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

V V V V V V

V V V V

SS - Single-sided DS - Double-sided DIMM support: A Supports one module inserted into either slot, in Single-channel memory configuration. B Supports one pair of modules inserted into either Channel A or Channel B as one pair of Dualchannel memory configuration. C Supports four modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration.

Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667/533 MHz QVL.

2-16

Chapter 2: Hardware information

2.4.3

Installing a DIMM
Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components.

To install a DIMM: 1. 2. 3. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated.
3

2
DDR2 DIMM notch

1 1

Unlocked retaining clip

• •

A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets.

2.4.4
1.

Removing a DIMM
2

To remove a DIMM: Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM.
Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force.

1 1
DDR2 DIMM notch

2.

Remove the DIMM from the socket.

ASUS P5B Premium

2-17

3. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 2. conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups. Refer to the tables on the next page. read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. configure it by adjusting the software settings. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. if any.5. 5.2 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings. Refer to the table on the next page for details. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. 6. Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card.2. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information . Otherwise. Keep the screw for later use. ensure that the drivers support “Share IRQ” or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Replace the system cover.1 1.5 Expansion slots In the future. 2. When using PCI cards on shared slots. making the system unstable and the card inoperable. you may need to install expansion cards. 2. 3. Assign an IRQ to the card.5. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). Install the software drivers for the expansion card. 4. 2. Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: Before installing the expansion card.

0 controller 2 SATA controller 1 SATA controller 2 — — — — — — — — shared — — shared shared — shared — — — — — — — — — shared — — shared — — — — — — — shared — — — — — — — shared — — — — — — — — shared — — — — shared shared — — — — — — — shared — shared — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — used — — — shared — — — shared — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — shared — — — — — — — — — — — — — — shared — — — — — — — — — ASUS P5B Premium 2-19 .2.0 controller 1 USB 2.3 IRQ Interrupt assignments Priority Standard Function Standard interrupt assignments 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 — 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 System Timer Keyboard Controller Re-direct to IRQ#9 IRQ holder for PCI steering* Communications Port (COM1)* IRQ holder for PCI steering* Floppy Disk Controller Printer Port (LPT1)* System CMOS/Real Time Clock IRQ holder for PCI steering* IRQ holder for PCI steering* IRQ holder for PCI steering* PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* Numeric Data Processor Primary IDE Channel Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for PCI devices.5. IRQ assignments for this motherboard A B C D E F G H PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slot 3 LAN(8001) SATA(363) LAN(8056) PCIE x16 1 PCIE x16 2 PCIE x1 USB controller 1 USB controller 2 USB controller 3 USB controller 4 USB controller 5 USB 2.

5.6 Two PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports two ATI CrossFire™ PCI Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. 2. USB card. SCSI card. The figure shows two graphics cards installed on the PCI Express x16 slots. SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. See Chapter 6 for details on the CrossFire™ technology feature.2.4 PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card. 2.5. 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information . The following figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards. and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot.

We recommend that you install a graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slot and install other PCI Express devices on the black PCI Express x16 slot. . In CrossFire™ mode, install the ATI CrossFire™ Edition (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slot. Install two ATI graphics cards from the same GPU family that support CrossFire™ mode.

• •

ASUS P5B Premium

2-21

2.6
1.

Jumper

Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data.
Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure!

®

P5B PREMIUM

CLRTC
1 2 Normal (Default) 2 3 Clear RTC

P5B PREMIUM Clear RTC RAM
• You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. Due to the chipset behavior, AC power off is required to enable C.P.R. function. You must turn off and on the power supply or unplug and plug the power cord before reboot the system.

2-22

Chapter 2: Hardware information

2.7
2.7.1

Connectors
Rear panel connectors

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. Serial port. This 9-pin COM1 port is for pointing devices and other serial devices. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration.. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. LAN 1/2 (RJ-45) port. Supported by Marvell® Gigabit LAN controller, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications.

LAN port LED indications
Activity/Link Speed LED Status Description OFF No link ORANGE Linked BLINKING Data activity Status OFF ORANGE GREEN Description 10 Mbps connection 100 Mbps connection 1 Gbps connection
ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED

LAN port

ASUS P5B Premium

2-23

This port connects a microphone. The external SATA port supports external Serial ATA 3. 3 and 4. or 8-channel configuration Port Light Blue Lime Pink Orange Black Gray Headset 2-channel Line In Line Out Mic In – – – 4-channel Line In Front Speaker Out Mic In – Rear Speaker Out – 6-channel Line In Front Speaker Out Mic In Center/Subwoofer Rear Speaker Out – 8-channel Line In Front Speaker Out Mic In Center/Subwoofer Rear Speaker Out Side Speaker Out 12. 4. 6. External SATA port. This port connects to an external a Serial ATA hard disk drive. 6. Side Speaker Out port (gray). Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away. or 8-channel configuration. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2. Connect the IR receiver ONLY to USB port 3 and 4. and enables improved hot-swap function. Audio 2.0 devices. Plugging any other USB devices to these two ports will turn on the computer. install an external Serial ATA hard disk drive and an internal Serial hard disk drive connected to the onboard Serial ATA connector labeled SATA�RAID or SATA�RAID1. Refer to the audio configuration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2. USB 2. 11. 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information .0 Gb/s devices. 4.0 ports 1 and 2. RAID1. This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration.9. which supports remote control function. Microphone port (pink). 10. To configure a RAID0. or JBOD set.

If you intend to create a RAID configuration using this connector.4. you cannot enter the JMicron RAID utility and SATA BIOS setup during POST. otherwise. 14. 15. DO NOT unplug the external Serial ATA box when a RAID 0 or JBOD is configured. This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable.6 Onboard Device Configuration” for details. set the JMicron Controller item in the BIOS to [RAID Mode]. • • • 13. See section “4. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. DO NOT insert a different connector to this port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. make sure that you have connected the Serial ATA signal cable and installed Serial ATA hard disk drives.• Before creating a RAID set using Serial ATA hard disks. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. ASUS P5B Premium 2-25 . Optical S/PDIF Out port.

and gray. 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information . then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard’s IDE connector. black.2 1. Drive jumper setting Single device Two devices Cable-Select or Master Cable-Select Master Slave • Mode of device(s) Master Slave Master Slave Cable connector Black Black Gray Black or gray Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector.2. P5B PREMIUM FLOPPY NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. then select one of the following modes to configure your device. Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices.” make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue. Internal connectors Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5.7. • If any device jumper is set as “Cable-Select. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ® PIN 1 P5B PREMIUM Floppy disk drive connector 2. Insert one end of the cable to this connector.

3. use at least four hard disk drives. See section “4. ® P5B PREMIUM IDE connector 3. For RAID 10. If you intend to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these connectors. • PRI_IDE SATA5 GND RSATA_RXN5 RSATA_RXP5 GND RSATA_TXN5 RSATA_TXP5 GND P5B PREMIUM SATA2 GND RSATA_RXN2 RSATA_RXP2 GND RSATA_TXN2 RSATA_TXP2 GND SATA1 GND RSATA_RXN1 RSATA_RXP1 GND RSATA_TXN1 RSATA_TXP1 GND ® SATA6 GND RSATA_RXN6 RSATA_RXP6 GND RSATA_TXN6 RSATA_TXP6 GND SATA4 GND RSATA_RXN4 RSATA_RXP4 GND RSATA_TXN4 RSATA_TXP4 GND SATA3 GND RSATA_RXN3 RSATA_RXP3 GND RSATA_TXN3 RSATA_TXP3 GND P5B PREMIUM SATA connectors ASUS P5B Premium 2-27 . Use two to four Serial ATA hard disk drives for each RAID 0 or RAID 1 set. RAID 5. SATA4 [black]. SATA2 [red]. SATA5 [red]. For RAID 5. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives. RAID 10 configuration with the Intel® Matrix Storage Technology through the onboard Intel® ICH8R RAID controller. RAID 1. In Standard IDE mode. SATA3 [black]. set the [Configure SATA as] item in the BIOS to [RAID]. SATA6 [red]) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. you can connect Serial ATA boot/data hard disk drives to these connectors.P5B PREMIUM PRI_IDE NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. • These connectors are set to Standard IDE mode by default.6 IDE Configuration” on page 4-14 for details. ICH8R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red]. you can create a RAID 0. use at least three hard disk drives.

This connector supports a Serial ATA hard disk drive. Refer to the table below for the recommended SATA hard disk drive connections.• You must install Windows® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows® XP Service Pack 1 before using Serial ATA hard disk drives. The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0/RAID 1/RAID 5/RAID 10) is available only if you are using Windows® 2000/XP or later version. JMicron JMB363® Serial ATA RAID connector (7-pin SATA_RAID) This connector is for a Serial ATA signal cable. When using the connectors in Standard IDE mode. 4. • Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Connector Color Setting Use SATA1/2/5/6 SATA3/4 Red Black Master Slave Boot disk Data Disk right angle side Connect the right-angle side of SATA signal cable to SATA device. Or you may connect the right-angle side of SATA cable to the onboard SATA port to avoid mechanical conflict with huge graphics cards.4. which you can combine with an external Serial ATA hard disk drive to configure for RAID via the onboard Serial ATA RAID controller. The JMicron JMB363 controller item in the BIOS is set to [IDE] by default. allowing you to use the connectors to build a RAID set. See section “4. connect the primary (boot) hard disk drive to the SATA1/2/5/6 connector. ® P5B PREMIUM SATA_RAID1 GND RSATA_RXN1 RSATA_RXP1 GND RSATA_TXN1 RSATA_TXP1 GND P5B PREMIUM SATA_RAID connector 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information .6 Onboard Device Configuration” for details.

and ensures platform integrity. A TPM system also helps enhance network security. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors. USB 78) Standard Edition: (10-1 pin USB56. USB 78. passwords. otherwise. make sure that you have connected the Serial ATA signal cables and installed Serial ATA hard disk drives. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) This connector supports a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) system.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.Before creating a RAID set using Serial ATA hard disks. USB connectors Vista Edition: (10-1 pin USB56. you cannot enter the JMicron® JMB363 RAID utility and SATA BIOS setup during POST. which can securely store keys.0 connectors ASUS P5B Premium 2-29 . P5B PREMIUM ® NC GND USB_P10+ USB_P10USB+5V ® 1 GND USB_P9+ USB_P9USB+5V USB910_ASAP USB+5V USB_P5USB_P5+ GND USB+5V USB_P6USB_P6+ GND NC USB+5V USB_P7USB_P7+ GND 1 1 USB56 USB78 USB+5V USB_P8USB_P8+ GND NC P5B PREMIUM USB 2. USB910_ASAP) These connectors are for USB 2. digital certificates. and data. P5B PREMIUM P5B PREMIUM TPM connector 6.0 ports. 5. protects digital identities.

Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. The 1394 module is purchased seperately. The USB module is purchased seperately. The ASAP module is for Vista Edition only. red) first. Doing so will damage the motherboard! You can connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394. blue) first. and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard. and then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard. Doing so will damage the motherboard! • • You can connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB. then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. +12V TPB1+ GND TPA1+ 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information . P5B PREMIUM ® GND +12V TPB1GND TPA1- IE1394_2 P5B PREMIUM IEEE 1394a connector 1 Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector.Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. 7.

Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. chassis and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN. making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector.) at +12V. 3-pin PWR_FAN The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.8. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! CPU_FAN PWR_FAN GND CPU FAN PWR CPU FAN IN CPU FAN PWM P5B PREMIUM Rotation +12V GND CHA_FAN2 GND +12V Rotation ® CHA_FAN1 CHA_FAN3 GND +12V Rotation GND +12V Rotation P5B PREMIUM Fan connectors • Only the CPU-FAN and CHA-FAN 1-3 connectors support the ASUS QFAN 2 feature. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard. we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labled CHA�FAN1 or CHA�FAN2 for better themal environment. 3-pin CHA_FAN1-3.) or a total of 1 A ~ 7 A (84 W max. CPU. • If you install two VGA cards. ASUS P5B Premium 2-31 .

The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. +12V DC +12V DC +12V DC +12V DC Chassis Signal GND +5VSB_MB ® P5B PREMIUM EATXPWR +3 Volts +12 Volts +12 Volts +5V Standby Power OK Ground +5 Volts Ground +5 Volts Ground +3 Volts +3 Volts Ground +5 Volts +5 Volts +5 Volts -5 Volts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground -12 Volts +3 Volts EATX12V ® P5B PREMIUM ATX power connectors • • Make sure to remove the cap on the EATX12V connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS +12V power plug. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. 2-32 GND GND GND GND Chapter 2: Hardware information . the pin labeled “Chassis Signal” and “ Ground” are shorted with a jumper cap.9. The power supply plugs are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. By default . Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR. P5B PREMIUM CHASSIS (Default) P5B PREMIUM Chassis intrusion connector 10. 2x4-pin EATX12V) These connectors are for ATX power supply plugs. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. Use only either a 4-pin ATX12V or an 8-pin EPS +12V power plug for the EATX12V connector.

this connector is set to HD Audio.6 Onboard Device Configuration for details. otherwise.0-compliant (400W) PSU has been tested to support the motherboard power requirements with the following configuration: CPU: Intel® Pentium® Extreme 3. P5B PREMIUM AAFP HD Audio-compliant pin definition SENSE1_RETUR PRESENCE# GND SENSE2_RETUR Legacy AC ‘97 audio pin definition ® NC NC AGND NC Line out_L NC Line out_R MICPWR MIC2 P5B PREMIUM Analog front panel connector PORT2 L SENSE_SEND PORT2 R PORT1 R PORT1 L • • We recommend that you connect a high-definition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboard’s high-definition audio capability. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector.• • • • For a fully configured system. use a PSU with 500W to 600W power or above to ensure the system stability. The ATX 12 V Specification 2. • 11.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 400 W. See section 4.73GHz Memory: 512 MB DDR2 (x4) Graphics card: ASUS EAX1900XT Parallel ATA device: IDE hard disk drive Serial ATA device: SATA hard disk drive (x2) Optical drive: DVD-RW If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 cards. set the Front Panel Support Type item in the BIOS setup to [AC97]. Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EATX12V power plug. If you want to connect a AC'97 front panel audio module to this connector. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate.4. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with ATX 12 V Specification 2. 2-33 ASUS P5B Premium . By default. Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. the system will not boot.

TV tuner. then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. ® P5B PREMIUM ® SPDIF_OUT GND SPDIFOUT +5V P5B PREMIUM Digital audio connector The S/PDIF module is purchased separately. Connect the S/PDIF Out module cable to this connector. or MPEG card.12. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM. 2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information . Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). P5B PREMIUM CD (black) Right Audio Channel Ground Ground Left Audio Channel P5B PREMIUM Internal audio connector 13.

• Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. • System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker.14. • Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. P5B PREMIUM System panel connector • System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. • ATX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) This connector is for the system power button. PLED P5B PREMIUM SPEAKER +5V Ground Ground Speaker PLED+ PANEL IDE_LED+ IDE_LEDReset Ground PWR Ground ® PLED- IDE_LED RESET PWRSW * Requires an ATX power supply. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. ASUS P5B Premium 2-35 .

then match them to the respective front panel cable labels.ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) You can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel cables in a few steps. Connect the front panel cables to the ASUS Q-Connector. 2. 1. 2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information . Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS QConnector. Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector to know the detailed pin definitions. 3. The front panel functions are now enabled. making sure the orientation matches the labels on the motherboard. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the system panel connector. The figure shows the Q-Connector properly installed on the motherboard.

3. then connect the fan cables. Do not install the fan with its rear side facing you.2. Fit the grooved edge to the heatsink.7. Carefully push down the fan until it snugly fits the heatsink. The above photo shows the fans installed on the motherboard. 2. Plug the optional fan cables to the CHA�FAN and/or PWR�FAN connector on the motherboard. ASUS P5B Premium 2-37 . Position the fan above the pipe and heatsink assembly.3 Installing the optional fan Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler. • • 4. 1. Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airflow and destabilize the system. Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the fan and motherboard components. Do not tilt the fan.

2-38 Chapter 2: Hardware information .

the vocal POST messages.This chapter describes the power up sequence. and ways of shutting down the system. Powering up 3 .

....... 3-1 Turning off the computer.............................................2 Starting up for the first time ... 3-2 3 ASUS P5B Premium ............Chapter summary 3...............1 3......................................

Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. BIOS Beep One short beep One continuous beep followed by two short beeps then a pause (repeated) One continuous beep followed by three short beeps One continuous beep followed by four short beeps Description VGA detected Quick boot set to disabled No keyboard detected No memory detected No VGA detected Hardware component failure 7. the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. Be sure that all switches are off. If your monitor complies with “green” standards or if it has a “power standby” feature. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. b. While the tests are running. c.3. the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. 4. the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power. After applying power. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 5. At power on. ASUS P5B Premium 3-1 . For systems with ATX power supplies.1 1. 3. Starting up for the first time After making all the connections. replace the system case cover. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. 2. the system may have failed a power-on test. hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4. the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. Monitor External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) System power 6.

2. The power supply should turn off after Windows® shuts down. Refer to section “4. The power supply should turn off after Windows® shuts down.. 3. then click the OK button to shut down the computer. Click the Turn Off button to shut down the computer. Click the Start button then select Turn Off Computer. 3. Turning off the computer Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows® 2000: Click the Start button then click Shut Down. pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode. If you are using Windows® XP or later version: 1. 2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON.2.1 1. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected. depending on the BIOS setting..2 3. 2. 3.3. 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up .5 Power Menu” in Chapter 4 for details. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting.

BIOS setup 4 . Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus.

....................................... 4-12 Advanced menu .................................................................8 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................7 4.........2 4........ 4-36 Exit menu ..............5 4........................................ 4-38 4 ASUS P5B Premium ........................................................4 4...................................................Chapter summary 4.......................... 4-31 Tools menu ................................ 4-27 Boot menu ................................................................. 4-1 BIOS setup program ....................6 4....................... 4-9 Main menu ......................................................3 4............................................... 4-16 Power menu ...................1 4...........

ASUS P5B Premium 4-1 . This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.) ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk) ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows® environment. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities. 3. and View the BIOS version information. 2. 4. 3.4. Click the Utilities tab. USB flash disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. save.XX. 4.1. Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. 2. then click Install ASUS Update VX.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage. and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows® environment. 1.XX. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). The ASUS Update utility allows you to: • • • • • Save the current BIOS file Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file Update the BIOS directly from the Internet. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. Place the support CD in the optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk or USB flash disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. The Drivers menu appears.) ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk or USB flash disk.

then click Next. 2. or click Auto Select.Quit all Windows® applications before you update the BIOS using this utility. Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic. 3. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu. 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup . Click Next. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows® desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears.

From the FTP site. Click Next. The ASUS Update main window appears. Always update the utility to avail all its features. Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. 4. 5. Locate the BIOS file from the Open window. 3. then click Open. then click Next. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. Select Update BIOS from a file option from the drop-down menu. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. ASUS P5B Premium 4-3 . select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows® desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. 2.4.

type format A:/S then press <Enter>.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. c. then click Start. b. Press <Enter>. From the Open field.4. d. e. then select Format.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. c. Creating a bootable floppy disk Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk.44MB floppy disk into the drive. 2. At the DOS prompt. Click File from the menu. high density 1. 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup . then select Run. then select My Computer. Click Start. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. Insert a 1. type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. then follow screen instructions to continue.1. Insert the Windows® 2000 CD to the optical drive. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field. Insert a formatted. DOS environment a. b. Click Start from the Windows® desktop. b. Insert a 1.2 1. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. Windows® 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows® 2000: a. e. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. Windows® XP environment a. d.

asus. When the correct BIOS file is found. To update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3. 3. Press <Alt> + <F2> during POST to display the following.1.00 FLASH TYPE: SST 25LF080 Current ROM BOARD: P5B Premium VER: 0121 DATE: 12/23/06 PATH: A:\ A: Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown Note [Enter] Select or Load [Tab] Switch [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Up/Down/Home/End] Move (2) Enter BIOS setup program. 4. 2.4. EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4-5 ASUS P5B Premium . The EZ Flash 2 utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> + <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). Go to the Tools menu to select EZ Flash2 and press <Enter> to enable it.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. Then press <Enter>. You can switch between drives by pressing <Tab> before the correct file is found. then restart the system.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk or a USB flash disk. • • This function can support devices such as USB flash disk. You can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the floppy disk / USB flash disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive or the USB port. or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only.

Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: • • Make sure that the floppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 1024KB free space to save the file..4. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1... done Write to file.. The utility copies the current BIOS file to the floppy disk. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be same as shown. 1. All rights reserved. Press <Enter>. Updating the BIOS file To update the BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Inc. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS file that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. 2. ok A:\> The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS file. The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only..07(03. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1. Reading flash ..exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. then at the prompt type: afudos /o[filename] where the [filename] is any user-assigned filename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main filename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. Boot the system in DOS mode. Visit the ASUS website (www. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.11.4 AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS file in DOS environment using a bootable floppy disk with the updated BIOS file.rom Main filename Extension name 3.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends.Version 1.1.asus. 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup .. Save the BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk..com) and download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility .19(ASUS V2..

. done Writing flash . All rights reserved. All rights reserved... 3.......19(ASUS V2...Version 1...ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility .. done Reading flash . done Advance Check ... The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. done Verifying flash .....exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file .ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility . Erasing flash ... A:\>afudos /iP5B-Premium.... Erasing flash ... done Reading flash ..11...24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends. done Advance Check . done Please restart your computer A:\> ASUS P5B Premium 4-7 . Inc.....ROM 4... Boot the system in DOS mode. 0x0008CC00 (9%) Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 5... The utility verifies the file and starts updating the BIOS... done Writing flash . A:\>afudos /iP5B-Premium.19(ASUS V2.... Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file .. then at the prompt type: afudos /i[filename] where [filename] is the latest or the original BIOS file on the bootable floppy disk. 2.07(03.Version 1... Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iP5B-Premium.Write the BIOS filename on a piece of paper..24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends..11... You need to type the exact BIOS filename at the DOS prompt..... Inc..07(03.

. Floppy found! Reading file “P5B-Premium. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Completed.. Starting BIOS recovery. • Only the USB flash disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition can support ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3. 3.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Chapter 4: BIOS setup • 4-8 . or the USB flash disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive.. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. 4.. Turn on the system... the floppy disk.. 2.1. Recovering the BIOS from the USB flash disk To recover the BIOS from the USB flash disk: 1. Prepare the motherboard support CD. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. When found.4. the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. 3.. Start flashing. Checking for floppy. the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. The utility will automatically checks the devices for the BIOS file When found. the floppy disk or the USB flash disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. Insert the USB flash disk that contains BIOS file to the USB port..ROM”. Bad BIOS checksum. 2. Starting BIOS recovery. The device size should be smaller than 8GB.. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Checking for floppy. Turn on the system. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD.

Visit the ASUS website (www. or prompted to“Run Setup.” The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only. you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Being a menu-driven program. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on.” This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings. Do this last option only if the first two failed. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility.8 Exit Menu. See section “4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.asus. POST continues with its test routines. the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the SPI chip. restart the system by pressing <Ctrl+Alt+Delete>. otherwise. The SPI chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program. or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis.” Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard.4. For example. you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section “4. When you start up the computer. reconfiguring your system. Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. • The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If you wish to enter Setup after POST. • • ASUS P5B Premium 4-9 .

Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Inc. American Megatrends.44M.4. +- Tab F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Field Select Field General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. 4. 3.2 Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Menu bar For changing the basic system configuration For changing the advanced system settings For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration For changing the system boot configuration For configuring options for special functions For selecting the exit options and loading default settings The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: To select an item on the menu bar.59 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.5 in] [English] [Not [Not [Not [Not [Not [Not Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Exit General help System Time System Date Floppy A Language SATA1 SATA2 SATA3 SATA4 SATA5 SATA6 IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER].2. Use [+] or [-] to configure the System Time. The navigation keys may differ from one screen to another.2.2.3 Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Sub-menu items Navigation keys 4.1 Menu items Main BIOS menu screen Menu bar Advanced Power Configuration fields BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Tools [10:55:25] [Wed 12/13/2006] [1. press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. -10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup .

The other items (Advanced.2. Main menu items 4.8 Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not fit on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.7 Pop-up window.2. To display the sub-menu. For example. Use [+] or [-] to configure system. you can change the value of the field opposite the item.4 Menu items System Time System Date Floppy A Language SATA1 SATA2 SATA3 SATA4 SATA5 SATA6 IDE Configuration System Information [06:22:54] [Wed 12/13/2006] [1.2.” 4. 4. 4.2. select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options.9 General help Pop-up window Scroll bar At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets.44M. and is highlighted when selected.2.configurable. [TAB]. or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. To change the value of a field. Power.4. select the item and press <Enter>. Boot.2. selecting Main shows the Main menu items. ASUS P5B Premium -11 . 3. The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable.6 Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. Refer to “4.5 in] [English] [Not [Not [Not [Not [Not [Not Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Use [ENTER]. If an item is user.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items.

4.3

Main menu

When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information.
Refer to section “4.2.1 BIOS menu screen” for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them.
Main Advanced Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Tools [10:55:25] [Mon 07/24/2006] [1.44M, 3.5 in] [English] [Not [Not [Not [Not [Not [Not Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Detected] Exit Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [+] or [-] to configure the System Time.

System Time System Date Floppy A Language SATA1 SATA2 SATA3 SATA4 SATA5 SATA6 IDE Configuration System Information

+-

Tab F1 F10 ESC

Select Screen Select Item Change Field Select Field General Help Save and Exit Exit

v02.59 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.

4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3

System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in.]

Allows you to set the system time.

Allows you to set the system date.

Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]

4.3.4

Language [English]

Allows you to select the display language for the BIOS setup screen. Configuration options: [Chinese(BIG5)] [Chinese(GB)] [Japanese] [Français] [German] [English] 

-1

Chapter 4: BIOS setup

4.3.5

SATA 1-6

While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SATA device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SATA device information.
Main BIOS SETUP UTILITY Select the type of device connected to the system. SATA 1 Device : Hard Disk Vendor : WDC WD800JD-00LSA0 Size : 80.0GB LBA Mode : Supported Block Mode : 16 Sectors PIO Mode : 4 Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-5 SMART Monitoring: Supported Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-sector Transfer)M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled]

+-

F1 F10 ESC

Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit

v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc.

The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system.

Type [Auto]

Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are specifically configuring a CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. Configuration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD]

LBA/Large Mode [Auto]

Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto]

Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto]

Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto]

PIO Mode [Auto]

Allows you to select the data transfer mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4]
ASUS P5B Premium -1

DMA Mode [Auto]

Selects the DMA mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5]

SMART Monitoring [Auto]

Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled]

32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled]

Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]

4.3.6

IDE Configuration

The items in this menu allow you to set or change the configurations for the IDE devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you want to configure the item.

IDE Configuration SATA Configuraton Configure SATA as Hard Disk Write Protect IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [Enhanced] [IDE] [Disabled] [35]

Options Disabled Compatiable Enhanced

SATA Configuration [Enhanced]

Configuration options: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced]

Configure SATA As [IDE] Sets the configuration for the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge chip.
The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial ATA features that increases storage performance on random workloads by allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10, or the Intel® Matrix Storage Technology configuration from the Serial ATA hard disk drives, set this item to [RAID]. If you want to use the Serial ATA hard disk drives as Parallel ATA physical storage devices, keep the default setting [IDE]. 

-1

Chapter 4: BIOS setup

The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. This will be effective only if the device is accessed through BIOS. ASUS P5B Premium -1 . Main AMIBIOS Version : 0121 Build Date : 12/23/06 Processor Type Speed Count : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3. AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information.If you want the Serial ATA hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Controller Interface (AHCI). set this item to [AHCI]. System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.20 GHz : 3200 MHz : 1 BIOS SETUP UTILITY System Memory Available : 512 MB F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] Disables or enables device write protection. American Megatrends. Configuration option: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] Selects the time out value for detecting ATA/ATAPI devices.3.7 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifications. Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU specification. Inc. Configuration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35] 4.

1 JumperFree Configuration Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY Select the target CPU frequency. -1 Chapter 4: BIOS setup . American Megatrends. Configure System Frequency/Voltage AI Tuning DRAM Frequency [Auto] [Auto] AI Tuning [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency.4. Frequencies higher than CPU manufacturer recommends are not guaranteed to be stable. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. return to the default. 4. and the relevant parameters will be auto-adjusted. Main Advanced Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Tools Exit Adjust system frequency/voltage Jumperfree Configuration LAN Cable Status USB Configuration TPM Configuration CPU Configuration Chipset Onboard Devices Configuration PCIPnP Enter F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Go to Sub Screen General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Loads the standard settings for the system.S.4. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Manual Auto Standard AI N. Selct either one of the preset overclocking configuration options: Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Loads the optimal settings for the system. If the system becomes unstable.O. Inc.

The values range from 100 to 650. Configuration options: [Auto] [90] [91] ~ [149] [150] PCI Clock Synchronization [Auto] Allows you to synchronize the PCI frequency with the PCI Express or CPU frequency.O.O. Configuration options: Available DRAM frequency options in various FSB settings FSB Configuration options Auto FSB 10 FSB 00 • • DDR • • DDR • • DDR00 • • DDR9* • DDR10* • * Provided for overclocking purpose only.33MHz] ASUS P5B Premium -1 . Configuration options: [Auto] [33.S. This item is set to [Auto] by default. revert to the default setting.O. The following items appear only when you set the AI Tuning item to [Manual].S]. The DRAM Frequency item also appears when you set the AI Tuning item to [AI N.S]. Use the <+> and <-> keys to adjust the CPU frequency. You can also type the desired CPU frequency using the numeric keypad. Mode item only appears when you set the AI Tuning item to [AI N. A very high DRAM frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens.N. FSB/CPU External Frequency Synchronization Front Side Bus FSB 10 FSB 00 CPU External Frequency  MHz 00 MHz DRAM Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency.S. The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. CPU Frequency [XXX] Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. Refer to the table below for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. Mode [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Standard] [Sensitive] [Heavy Load] The N. PCI Express Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express frequency.O.

10V] [2.85V] [1.5000V] [1.450V] Setting a high FSB termination voltage may damage the chipset and CPU.15V] [2.2000V] [1.00V] [2.50V] [1.400V] [1.1625V] [1.5125V] [1.S].25V] [1.215V] -1 Chapter 4: BIOS setup .6250V] [1. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.6625V] [1.5625V] [1.200V] [1.6875V] [1.1250V] [1.1875V] [1.6375V] [1.2500V] [1.5250V] [1. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.3625V] [1.3500V] [1.80V] Allows you to select the ICH Chipset Voltage.1500V] [1.7000V] [1.2750V] [1.4625V] [1.5750V] [1. Memory Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the DDR2 reference voltage.6000V] [1.4000V] [1. NB VCore [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.40V] [2.Spread Spectrum [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the clock generator spread spectrum.1375V] [1.6750V] [1.3125V] [1.45V] [1.35V] [2.1750V] [1. Setting a high Vcore voltage may damage the CPU! FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the front side bus termination voltage.05V] [2.2250V] [1. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.2125V] [1.3250V] [1.2375V] [1. Configuration options: [Auto] [1. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] The following items also appear when the AI Tuning item is set to [AI N.PCIE) [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.65V] SB Vcore (SATA.4875V] [1.3000V] [1.80V] [1.4375V] [1.60V] [1.057V] [1.3750V] [1. Setting a very high memory voltage may damage the memory module(s)! CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the CPU VCore voltage.2625V] [1.30V] [2.1125V] [1.25V] [2.2875V] [1.45V] Refer to the DDR2 documentation before adjusting the memory voltage.1000V] Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU Vcore voltage.55V] [1.3375V] [1.O.300V] [1.6125V] [1.5500V] [1.4250V] [1.70V] [1.3875V] [1.90V] [1.95V] [2.5375V] [1.4500V] [1.5875V] [1.4750V] [1.6500V] [1.4125V] [1.

4.4.4.3 USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. American Megatrends. Advanced POST Check LAN cable LAN Cable Status Pair Status Length 1-2 3-6 4-5 7-8 1-2 3-6 4-5 7-8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A [Disabled] +- Tab F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Field Select Field General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. The Module Version and USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected values. Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY Disable USB Host Controllers. ASUS P5B Premium -19 . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4. POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] Enables or disables the checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-Test (POST).0 Controller Mode BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] [Enabled] [Auto] [Disabled] [HiSpeed] [Enabled] +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02.2. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options.24. Inc. Inc. American Megatrends. USB Configuration Module Version .4 USB Devices Enabled: None USB Functions ASAP Function Legacy USB Support Port 64/60 Emulation USB 2.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.0-12.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.2 LAN Cable Status BIOS SETUP UTILITY Check LAN cable during POST. If no USB device is detected. the item shows None.

Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2. Configuration options: [HiSpeed] [FullSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Allows you to enable the support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or FullSpeed (12 Mbps). This item should be enabled for the complete USB keyboard legacy support for non-USB aware OSes. ASAP Fuction [Enabled] Allows yo to enabled or disabled the ASAP function. the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. the legacy USB support is disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] -0 Chapter 4: BIOS setup . If no USB device is detected.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2. If detected. The following items appear only when the USB Functions item is set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] • • ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller) will function only when the USB Functions item is set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Port 64/60 Emulation [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the I/O port 60h/64h emulation support.USB Functions [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB Host Controllers.

Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY Enable(Activate)/ Disable(Deactivate) Command to TPM TPM Configuration TCG/TPM SUPPORT TPM Enabled TPM Enable/Disable Status TPM Owner TPM Owner Status [Enabled] [Last Setting] [No State] [Last Setting] [No State] +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. American Megatrends. ASUS P5B Premium -1 . Inc. it displays [Disabled] TPM Owener [Last Setting] Allows you to install the TPM Owner or clear the TPM Ownership. it shows [Enabled].4. It switches status with the TPM Enabled item.4 TPM Configuration The items in this menu allows you to configure the TPM functions. If you activate the TPM function. If not. Configuration options: [Yes] [No] The following items appear only when you set the TCG/TPM SUPPORT item to [Yes] TPM Enabled [Last Setting] Allows you to enable or disable the TPM devices. Configuration options: [Last Setting] [Disabled] [Enabled] TPM Enabled/Disabled Status [Enabled] This item shows the status of the TPM function. Configuration options: [Last Setting] [Clear] TPM Owner Status [UnOwned] Displays the TPM Owner status. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options.4. TCG/TPM SUPPORT [Yes] Allows you to enable or disable the TCG/TPM support in BIOS.

Configuration options: [14] [15]~[23] [24] C1E Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable C1E Support. Inc. Min:14) Ratio Actual Value : 24 CPUID : F41 Modify Ratio Support [Disabled] C1E Support [Enabled] Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled] Vanderpool Technology [Enabled] CPU TM function: [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Hyper Threading Technology [Enabled] PECI [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep(tm) Tech. [Disabled] +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Advanced Configure advanced CPU settings Module Version: 3C.4. American Megatrends. Modify Ratio Support [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following item appears when the item Modify Ratio Support is set to [Enabled].0E Manufacturer: Intel Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 3.5 CPU Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Options Disabled Enabled The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects.4.20GHz FSB Speed : 532 MHz Cache L1 : 16 KB Cache L2 : 256 KB Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:24. Ratio CMOS Setting: [24] Allows you to set the ratio between the CPU Core Clock and the FSB Frequency. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Vanderpool Technology [Enabled] CPU TM function [Enabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] - Chapter 4: BIOS setup .20GHz Frequency : 3. Use <+> and <-> to adjust the value. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.

58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu.4. Advanced Chipset Settings WARMING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. DISABLED: Do not allow remapping of memory North Bridge Chipset Configuration Memory Remap Feature Configure DRAM Timing by SPD Static Read Control Initiate Graphic Adapter PEG Port Configuration PEG Force x1 ASUS C. North Bridge Chipset Configuration Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY ENABLED: Allow remapping of overlapped PCI memory above the total physical memory.6 Chipset The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. American Megatrends. [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Automatic] 4. American Megatrends. Setting this item to [Disabled] forces the XD feature flag to always return to zero (0). Inc. Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY Configure North Bridge features. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] PECI [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Inter(R) SpeedStep (tm) Tech.G.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection Technology. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hyper Threading Technology [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Hyper Threading Technology. ASUS P5B Premium - . North Bridge Configuration South Bridge Configuration Enter F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Go to Sub Screen General Help Save and Exit Exit v02.I [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] [PEG/PCI] [Disabled] [Auto] +F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Inc.

Configuration options: [X2 Mode (compatible)] [X4 Mode (fast)] [Auto] - Chapter 4: BIOS setup . [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Cross Graphics Impeller. Enable this option only when you install 64bit operating system. Configuration options: [PCI/PEG] [PEG/PCI] PEG Force x1 [Disabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] ASUS C.G. Configuration options: [Disable] [Auto] [Fast] [Faster] Initiate Graphic Adapter [PEG/PCI] Allows you to decide which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. Configuration options: [Auto] [Enabled] [Disable] South Bridge Chipset Configuration Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY Allows you to manually adjust PCIEX16_2 and PCIEX1_1 configuration Configuration options: [X2/X1 Mode(compatible)] [X/disabled Mode(fast)] [Auto] Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit South Bridge Chipset Configuration PCIEX16_2/PCIEX1_1 Force [Auto] +F1 F10 ESC v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Inc. PCIEX16�2/PCIEX1�1 Force [Auto] Allows you to manually adjust PCIEX16_2/PCIEX1_1 configuration. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Static Read Control [Auto] Allows you to adjust the Static Read Control function.Memory Remap Feature [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the remapping of the overlapped PCI memory above the total physical memory. American Megatrends.I.

4. Configuration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enable the onboard 1394 device support.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Inc. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Front Panel Support Type [HD Audio] Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy AC’97 or high-definition audio depending on the audio standard that the front panel audio module supports. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard PCIE GbE LAN_1 [Enabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] LAN Option ROM [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard PCI LAN_2 [Enabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] LAN Option ROM [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] JMicron SATA/PATA Controller [Enabled] Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] JMicron SATA Controller Mode [IDE] Configuration options: [RAID] [IDE] [AHCI] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. HD Audio Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the High Definition Audio Controller. American Megatrends.7 OnBoard Devices Configuration Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY Enable or Disable High Definition Audio Controller Configure Win627EHF Super IO Chipset HD Audio Controller Front Panel Support Type Onboard 1394 Controller Onboard PCIE GbE LAN_1 LAN Option ROM Onboard PCI LAN_2 LAN Option ROM JMicron SATA/PATA Controller JMicron Controller Mode Serial Port1 Address [Enabled] [HD Audio] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Disabled] [Enabled] [Disabled] [Enabled] [IDE] [3F8/IRQ4] +F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02.4. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] ASUS P5B Premium - .

Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No].58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Configuration options: [Yes] [No] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] - Chapter 4: BIOS setup . Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] BIOS SETUP UTILITY NO: lets the BIOS configure all the devices in the system.4. Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit +- F1 F10 ESC v02. the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. the palette snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. BIOS configures all the devices in the system. BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. Advanced Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices. YES: lets the operating system configure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device]. Configuration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes]. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system.4. When set to [No]. Inc. When set to [Reserved].8 PCIPnP The PCIPnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Take caution when changing the settings of the PCIPnP menu items. American Megatrends. the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot.

58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.0 Support [Disabled] Specifies the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) version supported. Configuration options: [S1 (POS) Only] [S3 Only] [Auto] 4.3 ACPI 2.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume.4.5. the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. American Megatrends. Main Advanced Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Tools [Auto] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Enabled] Exit Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend.5.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options.5. Suspend Mode Repost Video on S3 Resume ACPI 2.5. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ASUS P5B Premium - . Inc.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4. When set to [Enabled].0 Support ACPI APIC Support APM Configuration Hardware Monitor +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. 4.

Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCIE devices to generate a wake event. Inc. the system goes into either off or on state. whatever the system state was before the AC power loss.5 APM Configuration Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY <Enter> to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss. Thus. When this item is set to [Enabled]. When set to [Last State]. American Megatrends. Configuration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event.4. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] - Chapter 4: BIOS setup .58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. the system goes on after an AC power loss. Restore On AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to [Power Off]. When set to [Power On]. the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. connection cannot be made on the first try. the items RTC Alarm Date/ RTC Alarm Hour/ RTC Alarm Minute/ RTC Alarm Second will become user-configurable with set values. APM Configuration Restore on AC Power Loss Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By External Modems Power On By PCI Devices Power On By PCIE Devices Power On By PS/2 Keyboard Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Power Off] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices.5.

This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the +5VSB lead. Inc.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.288V] [ 3.6 Hardware Monitor Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY CPU Temperature [47ºC/116. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-Esc] [Power Key] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled]. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. American Megatrends. ASUS P5B Premium -9 . CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures.5ºF] [4500 RPM] [Disabled] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [Disabled] [N/A] [ 1.5ºF] [32ºC/89. this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system.616V] Hardware Monitor CPU Temperature MB Temperature CPU Fan Speed (RPM) CPU Q-Fan Control Chassis Fan 1 Speed Chassis Fan 2 Speed Chassis Fan 3 Speed Chassis Q-Fan Control Power Fan Speed (RPM) VCORE Voltage 3. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Q-Fan Profile items appear when you enable the CPU Q-Fan Control feature. the field shows [N/A]. If the fan is not connected to the motherboard.296V] [ 5. CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller.3V Voltage 5V Voltage 12V Voltage +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Field General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the +5VSB lead.5. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM).Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specific keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system.094V] [11.

the chassis fan automatically adjusts depending on the chassis temperature. 5V Voltage. 3. the field shows [N/A]. When set to [Optimal]. or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum chassis fan speed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The Chassis Q-Fan Profile item appears when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan Control feature. Configuration options: [Optimal] [Silent Mode] [Performance Mode] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation. -0 Chapter 4: BIOS setup . Vcore Voltage. If the fan is not connected to the motherboard.3V Voltage. Select [Ignored] if you do not want to detect this item. Chassis Q-Fan Profile [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the chassis Q-Fan.CPU Q-Fan Profile [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. If the fan is not connected to the motherboard. Configuration options: [Optimal] [Silent Mode] [Performance Mode] Chassis Fan 1/2/3 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. When set to [Optimal]. the field shows [N/A]. Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the chassis Q-Fan controller. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet chassis fan operation.

1st ~ xxth Boot Device [xxx Drive] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. Inc. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding menu. Boot Device Priority [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] [IDE:HDS728080PLAT2] [ATAPI CD-ROM] [IDE:ASUS CD-S520/A] +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Main Advanced Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Tools Exit Specifies the Boot Device Boot Priority sequence. 4. American Megatrends. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Select Screen Select Item Go to Sub Screen General Help Save and Exit Exit Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Configuration Security Enter F1 F10 ESC v02.4. American Megatrends.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Inc. Configuration options: [xxx Drive] [Disabled] ASUS P5B Premium -1 .6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu.6.1 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot Device Priority Device Device Device Device BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Specifies the boot sequence from the availabe devices. A virtual floppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B:) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the first boot device.

58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] This allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2™ feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] - Chapter 4: BIOS setup . American Megatrends. Configuration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. the system waits for the <F1> key to be pressed when error occurs. Configuration options: [Off] [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot Full Screen Logo AddOn ROM Display Mode Bootup Num-Lock PS/2 Mouse Support Wait for ‘F1’ if Error Hit ‘DEL’ Message Display Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] [Enabled] [Force BIOS] [On] [Auto] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Disabled] +- F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system.2 Boot Settings Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system.6. When set to [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Wait for ‘F1’ If Error [Enabled] When set to [Enabled]. AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. BIOS performs all the POST items.4. Inc.

this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19.Hit ‘DEL’ Message Display [Enabled] When set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled]. the system displays the message “Press DEL to run Setup” during POST. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ASUS P5B Premium - .

The message “Password Installed” appears after you successfully set your password. If you forget your BIOS password. 3. select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. <Enter> again to disabled password. Inc. The message “Password Uninstalled” appears. Security Settings Supervisor Password User Password : Not Installed : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password Enter F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. From the password box. 2. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. After you have set a supervisor password. After you set a password. follow the same steps as in setting a user password. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot <Enter> to change password.4. then press <Enter>.3 Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. - Chapter 4: BIOS setup . American Megatrends. you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers.6 Jumpers” for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. this item shows Installed. To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Confirm the password when prompted. Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. See section “2. To clear the supervisor password. To change the supervisor password.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.6. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>.

User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. When set to [Always]. [View Only] allows access but does not allow change to any field. Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup]. <Enter> again to disabled password. [Limited] allows changes only to selected fields. To set a User Password: 1. The message “Password Installed” appears after you set your password successfully. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot <Enter> to change password. BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. On the password box that appears. [Full Access] allows viewing and changing all the fields in the Setup utility. Security Settings Supervisor Password User Password : Installed : Installed [Full Access] [Setup] Change Supervisor Password User Access Level Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check Enter F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. then press <Enter>. type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers. follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Configuration options: [Setup] [Always] ASUS P5B Premium - . such as Date and Time. this item shows Installed. Inc. After you set a password. Confirm the password when prompted. Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. 2. To change the user password. American Megatrends. BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Configuration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] [No Access] prevents user access to the Setup utility. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. 3.

1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Yes] or [No].7 Tools menu The Tools menu items allow you to configure options for special functions. section 4. a confirmation message appears.1. Please see page 4-5.4. American Megatrends. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu.00 FLASH TYPE: SST 25LF080 Current ROM BOARD: P5B Premium VER: 0121 DATE: 12/23/06 PATH: A:\ A: Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown Note [Enter] Select or Load [Tab] Switch [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Up/Down/Home/End] Move - Chapter 4: BIOS setup . Profile Select Screen Select Item Change Field +Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02. This utility doesn't support : 1. then press <Enter> to confirm your choice.C.3 for details. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. When you press <Enter>.7. Main Advanced Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Tools Exit Press ENTER to run the utility to select and update BIOS. 4. Inc.NTFS format ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS O.

Press <Enter> to save the file. Press <Enter> to load the file. Profile Utility V1.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006.C.7. ASUSTek O. Profile Enter F1 F10 ESC : Not Installed : Not Installed Select Screen Select Item Go to Sub Screen General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. Inc. PROFILE Configuration O. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent the system boot failure! - ASUS P5B Premium .C.C.2 ASUS O.C. Load from Profile 1/2 Start O.00 Current CMOS BOARD: P5B Premium VER: 0121 DATE: 12/23/06 PATH: A:\ A: Restore CMOS BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown Note [Enter] Select or Load [Tab] Switch [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Up/Down/Home/End] Move • • This function can support devices such as USB flash disk or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only.4.C.C. Profile 2 Status Save to Profile 1 Load from Profile 1 Save to Profile 2 Load from Profile 2 Start O.C. Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the utility. American Megatrends. Profile BIOS SETUP UTILITY Tools Save to Profile 1 This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Save to Profle 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS file to the BIOS Flash. O. Profile Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Profile 1 Status O.

Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Enter Tab F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Go to Sub Screen Select Field General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. When you select this option or if you press <F5>. a confirmation appears. Select YES to load default values. When you select this option. - Chapter 4: BIOS setup . Main Advanced Power BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Tools Exit Exit system setup after saving the changes. American Megatrends. Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. After selecting this option. a confirmation window appears. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes. the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. F10 key can be used for this operation. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Select YES to save changes and exit. and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items.4. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. If you made changes to fields other than System Date. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. and Password.8 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. System Time. the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Inc. a confirmation window appears.

This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package and the softwares. Software support 5 .

............... 5-42 RAID configurations .......6 Installing an operating system ...........................3 5...... 5-1 Support CD information ...........................................Chapter summary 5.................................................................................2 5............4 5......................... 5-8 Windows Vista features ........5 5.................. 5-29 Creating a RAID driver disk... 5-46 5 ASUS P5B Premium ..................... 5-1 Software information ......................................................................................................1 5.

Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. 5. Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. • Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Visit the ASUS website(www. Click an icon to display support CD/motherboard information Click an item to install If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer. • 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. Make sure that you install Windows® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows® XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD.asus.5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows® 2000/XP/64-bit XP operating systems (OS). ASUS P5B Premium -1 . browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP. and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features.com) for updates.2. software applications.EXE from the BIN folder.

SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX® ADI1988 audio driver and application.2 Drivers menu The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices.0 driver. Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver STMicroelectronics TPM Driver Installs the Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet driver.0 Driver Installs the JMicron® JMB36X Serial ATA RAID controller driver. JMicron JMB36X RAID Controller Driver USB 2. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. Installs the USB 2. - Chapter 5: Software support . ASUS InstAll-Drivers Installation Wizard Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Installs all of the drivers through the Installation Wizard.5. Installs the Intel® chipset Inf update program.2. Installs the STMicroelectronics TPM Driver.

capturing videos. Installs the ASUS AI Suite.2. CPU temperature. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed. or playing games in your computer. The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows® environment. DirectX® improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition.5.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports.0c Installs the Microsoft® DirectX 9. The Microsoft DirectX® 9. and alerts you of any detected problems. Microsoft DirectX 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound.microsoft. semantec Norton Internet Security Installs the semantec Norton Internet Security application. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ASUS P5B Premium - . Click to display the next page ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS AI Suite ASUS Update Installs all of the utilities through the Installation Wizard. and system voltages. Visit the Microsoft website (www.0c driver.com) for updates.

4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains items to create the Intel ICH8 or JMicron® JMB36X RAID/AHCI driver disk. Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver - Allows you to create a JMicron® JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI driver. view. Installs the PhotoImpact image editing software.2. Marvell Yukon VCT Application Installs the Marvell® Yukon Virtual Cable Tester™ (VCT) application that diagnoses and reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. Installs CyberLink PowerBackup to back up and restore your data easily. and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). 5. Chapter 5: Software support . ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7. Installs SnapFire.0 Installs the Adobe® Acrobat® Reader that allows you to open. Make Intel ICH8 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Disk Allows you to create an ICH8 32/64bit RAID/AHCI driver disk.WinDVD Copy Trial Installs the WinDVD trial version. InterVideo MediaOne Gallery Ulead PhotoImpact 12 SE CyberLink PowerBackup SnapFire Installs the media library and all-in-one software.

Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). 5.5. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual.2.2.5 Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. ASUS P5B Premium - . Install the Adobe® Acrobat® Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual file. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information.

Browse this CD Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. Click an icon to display the specified information.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. - Chapter 5: Software support .5.2. Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard.

Technical support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support. ASUS P5B Premium - . Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD in text format.

locate the new BIOS file.3 Utilities menu for details.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. The ASUS MyLogo2™ is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the support CD.4 AFUDOS utility. • Before using the ASUS MyLogo2™. select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo.1 ASUS MyLogo2™ The ASUS MyLogo2™ utility lets you customize the boot logo.2. or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. Select Options from the drop down menu. then click Next. 5. - Chapter 5: Software support . then click Next. See section 5. Refer to section 4. Launch the ASUS Update utility.2 Boot Settings Configuration. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. See section 4. 6. Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. When prompted. The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. Select Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu. You can create your own boot logo image in GIF. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS.6.1.1 ASUS Update utility for details. or BMP file formats. 2. 3. 4. JPG. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-Tests (POST).1.5. then click Next. See section 4. 5. use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file. From the left window pane. then click Next. • • To launch the ASUS MyLogo2™: 1.3.

10. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility. flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. ASUS P5B Premium -9 . restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. After flashing the BIOS. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. select an image to enlarge by clicking on it. 8.7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane. 9.

If you want the system to check the status of the LAN cable before entering the OS.5. VCT is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. Using the Virtual Cable Tester™ To use the the Marvell® Virtual Cable Tester™ utility: 1. The Run button on the Virtual Cable Tester™ main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). • • • • The VCT only runs on systems with Windows® XP or Windows® 2000 operating systems. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows® desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system.2 AI NET2 The AI NET2 features the Marvell® Virtual Cable Tester™ (VCT). Click the Run button to perform a cable test. enable the item Post Check LAN Cable in the BIOS Setup. Click Virtual Cable Tester from the menu to display the screen below. 3. pair polarity problems. and pair skew problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy. -10 Chapter 5: Software support . 2. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. pair swaps. impedance mismatches. The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s).3. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables.

PC Probe II senses fan rotations.exe file to start installation. Click to close the Preference panel ASUS P5B Premium -11 . With this utility. the main window displays the Preference section. CPU temperature. and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. Click this icon to close or restore the application. among others. The PC Probe II main window appears. then click ASUS PC Probe II. By default. Launching PC Probe II You can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows ® desktop. Place the support CD to the optical drive. After launching the application.3. Click the Utilities tab. click Start > All Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1. you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows® taskbar.exe file from the ASUS PC Probe II folder. You can close or restore the Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle.5.xx. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. 2. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. 3. and system voltages. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility configuration.3 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computer’s vital components. Installing PC Probe II To install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer. Because PC Probe II is software-based. Double-click the setup. browse the contents of the support CD to locate the setup.xx. you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. To launch the PC Probe II from the Windows® desktop.

Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate. memory. When displayed. -1 Chapter 5: Software support .Button Function Opens the Configuration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive. the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Preferences You can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window. the main window right handle turns red. as the illustrations below show. CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem. Refer to the Monitor panels section for details.

Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation. CPU temperature. click the horseshoe magnet icon. You cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. the monitor panels appear on your computer’s desktop. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group. When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section. Adjusting the sensor threshold value You can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. Click OK when finished. You can now move or reposition the panel independently. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). Click to increase value Click to decrease value ASUS P5B Premium -1 . click the arrow down button of the Scheme options. and voltages. then select another position from the list box. You can also adjust the threshold values using the Config window. Small display Large display Changing the monitor panels position To change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop.

DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser. Refer to the illustrations below. This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign (+) before WMI Information to display the available information. Small display Large display WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser. You can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel.Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Click the plus sign (+) before DMI Information to display the available information. -1 Chapter 5: Software support . This browser displays various Windows® management information.

If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading. CPU usage The CPU tab displays realtime CPU usage in line graph representation. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. hard disk drive space. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space. Usage The Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU. This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. and memory usage.PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser. Click the plus sign (+) before the PCI Information item to display available information. Click to display the Usage browser. ASUS P5B Premium -1 .

Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available physical Configuring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes Loads your saved configuration Saves your configuration -1 Chapter 5: Software support . The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts. The Config window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference.

S.S.O. Using AI Suite Click the AI N. To launch the AI Suite from the Windows® desktop. 2.5. Press to launch Q-Fan ASUS P5B Premium 5-17 . The AI Suite main window appears. AI Nap.xx. then click AI Suite.S.xx. Press to restore to normal Press to launch AI Nap Press to launch AI Gear Press to launch AI Booster Press to launch AI N. or click the Normal icon to restore the system to normal state.O. To install AI Suite on your computer: Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. Installing AI Suite 1. click Start > All Programs > ASUS > AI Suite > AI Suite v1. AI Booster. Launching AI Suite You can launch the AI Suite right after installation or anytime from the Windows® desktop.. After launching the application. Click the Utilities tab.O. and Q-Fan utilities easily. Click this icon to close or restore the application. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. or Q-Fan icon to launch the utility. 3.4 ASUS AI Suite ASUS AI Suite allows you to launch AI Gear. AI Booster.3. AI N. the AI Suite icon appears in the Windows® taskbar. AI Gear.. AI Nap.

CPU/memory/PCIE voltage. Displays the CPU/ system temperature.Other feature buttons Click on right corner of the main window to open the monitor window. 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support . and CPU/ chassis fan speed Displays the FSB/CPU frequency Click on right corner of the expanded window to switch the temperature from degrees Centigrade to degrees Fahrenheit.

After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD. This easy-to-use utility adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage to minimize system noise and power consumption. Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like.5 ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear provides four system performance options that allows you to select the best performance setting for your computing needs.5. Maximum Performance Medium Performance High Performance Maximum Power Saving ASUS P5B Premium 5-19 . you can launch AI Gear by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on your Windows OS taskbar and then click the AI Gear button on the AI Suite main window.3.

To exit AI Nap mode. press the system power or mouse button then click Yes on the confirmation screen. you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI Nap button on the AI Suite main window. Click Yes on the confirmation screen. just right click the AI Suite icon on the OS taskbar.3. To switch the power button functions from AI Nap to shutting down. Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation.6 ASUS AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away. Unclick the the item to switch the function back.5. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD. 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support . select AI Nap and click Use power button.

ASUS P5B Premium 5-21 .3.5.S.O. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD. This ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI N.O.S. select an N.7 ASUS AI N. mode Click Apply at the bottom to save the configuration. button on the AI Suite main window.O.S. drop-down menu button Click the drop-down menu button and select Disable or Manual.

Click the drop-down list button and select a profile. or to achieve the maximum fan speed. Enable Q-Fan box drop-down list button Profile list appears after clicking the Enable Q-Fan box. Silent mode minimizes fan speed for quiet fan operation. click to display the drop-down list and select a Q-Fan mode Click Apply at the bottom to save the setup. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD.5. Performance mode boosts the fan to achieve maximal fan speed for the best cooling effect. 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support . to decrease fan speed. After enabling the Q-Fan function. Click the drop-down menu button and display the fan names.8 ASUS Q-Fan This ASUS Q-Fan Control feature allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan or the Chassis Q-Fan for more efficient system operation. you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows® OS taskbar and click the Q-Fan button on the AI Suite mAIn window. Click the box of Enable Q-Fan to activate this function.3. Select CPU Q-FAN or CHASSIS Q-FAN. Optimal mode makes the fans adjust speed with the temperature. the fans can be set to automatically adjust depending on the temperature.

ASUS P5B Premium 5-23 . The options on the taskbar allow you to use the default settings. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support CD.9 ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows® environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows® OS taskbar and click the AI Booster button on the AI Suite main window. or create and apply your personal overclocking configurations. adjust CPU/ Memory/PCI-E frequency manually.3.5.

AI Gear 4. Power 2. 5. 3. Overview of the ASUS AI Remote 1. AI Nap 6. or adjust the volume on any songs desired without leaving your sofa.5. Power: Turns the computer on/off. 6. you can play.10 AI Remote (Limited Edition only) With the ASUS AI Remote.3. AI Gear: Changes modes for optimizing performance and quietness. AP Menu: Displays the application menu. AP-1/2 Trigger: Initiates the pre-defined applications. 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support . AP Menu Volume Up 7. AI Nap: Snoozing system without terminating tasks into quietest state. 7. 4. 2. Have AI Remote in your hand and do more with your PC at a distance away. Full Screen: Puts the media application into full screen. Media Control Zone Play/Pause Next Previous Volume Down 1. Media Control Zone: Controls the media application. pause. AP-1/2 Trigger 3. Full Screen 5.

2003 server. you need to install the software after the infrared receiver installation. and it will launch automatically everytime you start up your PC. Back I/O differs depending on the motherboards. ASUS P5B Premium 5-25 . XP (64-bit). simply connect the USB end to your PC USB ports under the LAN2 port and place the IR receiver end at a suitable place without hindrance. XP. Software Installation Before enjoying the convenience the ASUS AI Remote brings you.USB IR Receiver (Limited Edition only) Your motherboard will come bundled with a IR Receiver. Suggest you to aim at the IR receiver when using the ASUS AI Remote to ensure a smooth and successful operation. Supports operating system: Windows Vista Edition. Simply click and install the file ASUS AI Remote from Utilities menu of the Motherboard Support CD package for the first time. So when the computer is not turned on. removing USB devices such as the ASUS IR receiver from these two ports will start up the PC. and 2003 server (64-bit). These two USB ports support USB wake-up capability. ASUS >>USB receiver IR Receiver USB end Infrared end USB receiver USB Ports • • • • The valid IR function distance is 6m depending on the environment. ASUS AI Remote The Utilites screen differs depending on the motherboard.

the IR receiver will not function. To activate the HID-compliant devices again. 4. 1. Select HID-compliant device. 2. 5. Click Device Manager.Activating HID-Compliant Devices Due to the limitation of the operating system. if you remove the IR receiver from the previous port and have it reinstall into the other USB port. Check the box of Allow this device to wake the computer. 3. Double click System and Maintenance. 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support . Click Windows icon and choose Control Panel. go to Device Manager/Power Manager and check the box of Allow this device to bring the computer out of standby.

com for details about Hibernate and Standby.microsoft.ASUS AI Remote Settings After the installation of the ASUS AI Remote software. • • Power On/Off button does not support MS-DOS Mode. Function switch You can customize the Power key by switching the mode from Power off to Hibernate or Standby based on your preference. ASUS P5B Premium 5-27 . You have to check the box of Enable Power Key before using the ASUS AI Remote to turn on and off your PC or to have it hibernate or standby. Set up the function keys following the instructions below. which enables your PC to enter Hibernate faster and return to full power much more quickly. Visit www. Setting this item to Hibernate allows you to lead your PC to the Windows S4 mode. the utility screen will show up and allows you to configure the ASUS AI Remote settings. your PC will auto-boot and shut down around few seconds to enable the Power On function of AI Remote after the power supply is back. 1 2 3 1. Power On / Off Key Enable power key Click this box to enable this power button. Enable power on after power loss Click this box to restart the system after the AC power loss. Whenever the power cord of your PC is removed from the outlet or there is a power failure.

exe file is not located. PowerDVD. (1) Click the box before Use Profile. Multimedia Keys Profile There are nine default applications in the Profile drop-down menu and five sets of User Define. DivX Player.exe) file of the nine default applications. If the executable file is relocated or the application is re-installed. click Browse to direct the correct path. Real Player. After the setup. (3) Click the Browse button and locate the executable (. you can easily launch the pre-defined application by pressing the designated button. (2) To launch a non-default application. AP-1/2 You are allowed to configure two sets of applications for AP-1 Trigger and AP-2 Trigger buttons. unclick the box before Use Profile. • • Save after the . Default applications are Media Player.exe) file of the application you want to launch by pressing the AP-1 button. 3. (Default applications in the ASUS AI Remote software may change without notice. If the . WinAmp and Power Point. (5) Click Save to save the configuration. 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support . (4) Follow the same instructions to configure the AP-2 button.exe file path is directed.2. WinDVD. you have to redirect the file path for a correct ASUS AI Remote operation. iTunes. and you are able to select a default application from the drop-down menu. The .) Path The software will help locate the executable (.exe files of the User Define applications need to be located manually before you using the ASUS AI Remote. QuickTime.

an application profile will be displayed on the screen. this screen will show up directly when the application is chosen. Select Application Path If the software fails to locate the executable file of the applicaton at the first-time use. Specify the correct path on screen. use / to choose Back/OK/Cancel and then press to confirm. you should select the correct executable file (. folder or CD-ROM. Select File After selecting the correct path. If the executable file is located by the software successfully or you have already set up correctly in advance. • • For music listening. Use the remote control to navigate and initiate a desired application. the Select Application Path screen will appear.exe) of the application for launching the application. making playlists beforehand is suggested. Press again to close the application and again to re-launch the profile menu.AP Menu Button and Application menu Navigate with the media control zone. upward leftward downward rightward enter Select Application Profile After you press (AP Menu) on the remote control. After selecting a desired file. ASUS P5B Premium 5-29 .

Click the box of Redefine default hotkeys to give new correct definitions if needed. such as ACDSee. • • The remote control buttons will function only when the definitions of the application hotkeys are correct.Define Hotkeys for Application If you want to use the Media Control Zone to control non-default applications. Click the icon and select Settings to launch the utility screen. Press Save button to save the redefinitions or press Reset button to restore to the default hotkeys definition. The hotkey definitions may vary with different software versions. Chapter 5: Software support • 5-30 . you are free to define the hotkeys of the User Define applications. User Define After clicking the box before Use Hotkeys for Application. Select User Define 1~5 from the Profile drop-down menu for hotkeys definition. After the initial setup. you will find an ASUS AI Remote icon on the Windows OS taskbar. you can select User Define from the drop-down menu and rename it by pressing Rename. The ASUS AI Remote software has correctly set up nine popular applications and defined the funtion buttons for your convenient operation. Press Save to save the new setup or press the Default button to clear ALL personalized setups and restore to the original definitions.

no pause WinDVD v v v v v v QuickTime v v v v x x DivX Player v v x x x x WinAmp x v/x v v v v only play. ASUS P5B Premium 5-31 . you are able to rename the 5 sets User Define and create your preferred applications and favorable setups. no pause Power Point User Defne v Full Screen B ESC Page Down Page Up If you find the 9 default applications insufficient and would like to add different applications. Media Player Full Screen v v + v v v v *NOTE Real Player Full Screen v v + v v v v *NOTE iTunes v v v v v v PowerDVD v v/x v v v v only play.The Function Buttons and AP Profile The ASUS AI Remote software helps you set up the correspondence between the function buttons on the remote to the function hotkeys of nine popular applications in advance and leaves five sets for User Define.

Following the Initialization Wizard. Refer to either of the following sections for the utility you use. The bundled TPM software in your support CD may vary due to territory differences. 5-32 Chapter 5: Software support . Click Logon and enter your user password. set your owner/ user passwords. backup or restore TPM data. 3.3. make sure that you insert the chip to the onboard connector labeled TPM and enable it in BIOS. Click Initialize Owner. • • Before activating the TPM function. Initializing TPM Under the TPM Manager menu. you can check the TPM state.11 TPM The Trusted Platform Module (TPM) enhances data protection and security via high-level encryption and decryption. Security Manager After installing the Security Manager from the bundled support CD. 2.5. you can launch this application from the Windows® XP desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > TPM Secure Tools > Security Manager. Log on the application to use other functions. To initialize the owner/user state: 1. and set the owner and user passwords. You can also set and save the emergency recovery token as well as the password reset token file. This motherboard comes with a TPM module and related applications that help manage the use of TPM function.

3. click OK to confirm. 2. You can manage the virtual disk under this menu. Once a virtual disk is created. 2. From the dialog box. You can also set disk capacity and assign the drive letter. To create an encrypted virtual disk: 1. When a dialog box appears. Select Encrypted Virtual Disk and click New. you can create encrypted virtual disks or use TPM to protect the key of Windows Encrypting File System. click Browse to choose where to save the virtual disk image file. you can locate this drive under My Computer and move files you want to encrypt to here. Select Encrypting File System and click Enable. A dialog box appears.Encryption Under the Encryption Tools menu. To protect Windows Encrypting File System with TPM: 1. ASUS P5B Premium 5-33 .

EMBASSY Security Center
You may install the EMBASSY Security Center from the bundled support CD.

EMBASSY Security Setup
1. From the Windows® XP desktop, click Start > All Programs > Wave Systems Corp > EMBASSY Security Setup. Follow the wizard to complete step 1 to 3. You can set your owner/master (current user) passwords or enable Secure Windows Login.

2.

Step 4 lets you initialize secure applicaitons. Document Manager allows the current user to create a new vault, a secure drive for encrypted files. Private Information Manager helps configure data used to automatically fill Internet forms (e.g. your name and address in a shopping cart form). To activate Document Manager: 1. Click Setup Document Manager and enter your master password. When a vault is created, you can locate this drive under My Computer and move files you want to encrypt to here.

2.

To activate Private Information Manager: 1. 2. Click Setup Private Information Manager. Fill out the information.

5-34

Chapter 5: Software support

EMBASSY Security Center
To activate EMBASSY Security Center: 1. From the Windows® XP desktop, click Start > All Programs > Wave Systems Corp > EMBASSY Security Center. The main menu displays.

The TCG Security Password Vault helps manage individual TPM key passwords for different users. Users may authenticate to access their Password Vaults with their master passwords.
You must create your master password before enabling this function.

To use the TCG Security Password Vault: 1. From the main menu, click lick Passwords and select Settings. Check the Enable my TCG Security Password Vault box and select the security options.

2.

To view passwords stored in your TCG Security Password Vault: 1. 2. Click Recall/Review and select View. Enter your master password and click OK to confirm.

ASUS P5B Premium

5-35

5.3.12

SoundMAX® High Definition Audio utility

The ADI AD1988 High Definition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX® audio utility with AudioESP™ software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988 Audio Driver from the support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX® audio utility.
• • You must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. SoundMAX® requires Microsoft® Windows® 2000/XP or later version. Make sure that one of these operating systems is installed before installing SoundMAX®. Jack Retasking function works on High Definition front panel audio ports only.

If the SoundMAX® audio utility is correctly installed, you will find the SoundMAX® icon on the taskbar.

5-36

Chapter 5: Software support

Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High Definition Audio. double-click on the SoundMAX® icon to display the SoundMAX® Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX® control panel. you can easily configure your audio settings.From the taskbar. ASUS P5B Premium 5-37 .

Click the Test button to hear the changes you have made. You will be asked to read prewritten text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.Jack configuration This screen helps you configure your computer’s audio ports. 5-38 Chapter 5: Software support . Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. depending on the audio devices you have installed.

and enable/disable the Virtual Theater Surround function. Listening Environment options Click the Listening Environment tab to set up your speaker.Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. and enable/disable digital output. ASUS P5B Premium 5-39 . acoustic environment. This page allows you to change various audio settings. enable/ disable the AudioESP™ feature. General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices.

You can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. MSN. 5-40 Chapter 5: Software support . and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans. Directional Array Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. The directional Array and Speaker Phone function only when working with the ASUS Array Mic.Microphone options Click the Microphone tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings. air conditioners. Enhanced Microphone Features Voice recording Enables Noise Filter function. or Skype. You can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games. Speaker Phone Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. You can enable it for a better recording quality.

install the ASAP utility from the bundled support CD. The following dialog box appears. OR Going to Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > Administrative Tools > Computer Management > Disk Management. • If you accidentally remove the ASAP device from Windows® Vista. you may recreate it by: Clicking Start from the Windows® Vista desktop. If you delete this partition by accident. Click the ReadyBoost tab. 3.4 5. 5. Right-click on the USB Removable Storage device (ASAP). Right-click on the ASAP drive. From the Windows® Vista desktop. To activate ASAP: 1.4. Click OK to effect the settings. click Start > Computer. • When you see the existing partition for ASAP. Click Disk Management and right-click on the ASAP drive. and select Properties. Before activating ASAP. and select Format > OK. 2. Check Use this device. 5-41 ASUS P5B Premium . . Select Format > OK. you may re-activate it by rebooting your computer.1 Windows Vista features ASAP (ASUS Accelerated Propeller) This motherboard is equipped with the ASUS Accelerated Propeller (ASAP) feature. we advise you not to delete this partition that supports the ReadyBoost™ function. This feature supports Windows® Vista ReadyBoost™ function to accelerate the boot up time and preload the often-used applications into memory for faster access. and then move the slider to determine the amount of space researved for ReadyBoost™ cache.5. Right-click on Computer and select Manage. 4.

4. Cick Encrypt and BitLocker Drive Encryption begins. The BitLocker Drive Encryption menu displays. is an integral new security feature in the Windows® Vista OS that helps protect your data from theft or unauthorized viewing by encrypting the hard disk drive. 3. make sure that you insert the TPM chip to the onboard connector labeled TPM and enable it in BIOS. 1. • To use the BitLocker Drive Encryption function. you must have a hard disk drive with two NTFS drive partitions. one for the system volume. Go back to the BitLocker Drive Encryption menu and click Turn On BitLocker. 2. supported by a Trusted Platform Module (TPM). Refer to http://technet. We recommend that you save the password on a USB device. You can monitor the encryption completed percentage from the Windows® OS taskbar . 6.5. Here you can create the TPM owner password and select a location to save it. From the TPM Management on Local Computer menu. • To activate BitLocker Drive Encryption: 1.com for detailed partitioning steps. Click TPM Administration. 5-42 Chapter 5: Software support . From the Windows® Vista desktop.4. Save the recovery password on a USB device (recommended). and one for the OS volume. Before activating the BitLocker. 5.5 GB at least. click Start > Control Panel > Security > BitLocker Drive Encryption.microsoft. click Initialize TPM and follow the screen instructions. The partitions must be created before installing Windows® Vista.2 BitLocker Drive Encryption BitLocker Drive Encryption.

With the RAID 10 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. and RAID 10 function to improve both system performance and data safety. Intel® Matrix Storage. the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. and higher storage capacity. Among the advantages of RAID 5 configuration include better HDD performance. RAID 1. RAID 10 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written.5. fault tolerance. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID set. enterprise resource planning. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. You can also combine two RAID sets to get higher performance. The Intel® Matrix Storage technology supported by the ICH8R chip allows you to create a RAID 0. interleaved stacks. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. ASUS P5B Premium 5-43 . RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. or fault tolerance provided by the difference RAID function. relational database applications. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. The RAID 5 configuration is best suited for transaction processing. capacity.5 RAID configurations The motherboard comes with the Intel® ICH8R Southbridge RAID controller that allow you to configure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. For example. double that of a single disk alone. If one drive fails. and other business systems. RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate. RAID 5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk for details. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 and RAID 1 set can be created by using only two identical hard disk drives. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. thus improving data access and storage. Refer to section 5.

For optimal performance. then press <Enter>. 4. RAID 1. install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array.5. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST. Refer to the system or the motherboard user guide for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup. then press <Enter>. RAID 10 (0+1) and Intel® Matrix Storage configurations for Serial ATA hard disks drives through the Intel® ICH8R Southbridge chip. Setting the RAID item in BIOS You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s).1 Installing Serial ATA hard disks The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. Select RAID from the Configure SATA As item options. 3. press <Enter>. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. To do this: 1. then select Enabled from the options. 2. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 5. Connect the SATA signal cables.5. Select the item Configure SATA As. 6. 5. RAID 5. To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1.5. then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 5-44 Chapter 5: Software support . then exit the BIOS Setup. Save your changes.2 Intel® RAID configurations This motherboard supports RAID 0. Go to the Main Menu. select IDE Configuration. 2. 3. Select the item Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM.

press <Ctrl+I> to display the utility main menu.0. To enter the Intel® Application Accelerator RAID Option ROM utility: 1. All Rights Reserved. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen. 2. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Delete RAID Volume 3. Install all the Serial ATA hard disk drives.Intel® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0.XXGB Non-RAID Disk XX. During POST. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: None defined. Create RAID Volume 2.XXGB Non-RAID Disk [↑↓]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. ASUS P5B Premium 5-45 . Turn on the system.1032 ICH8R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 4. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.XXGB Non-RAID Disk XX.0. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model 0 XXXXXXXXXXX 1 XXXXXXXXXXX 2 XXXXXXXXXXX 3 XXXXXXXXXXX Serial # XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Size Type/Status(Vol ID) XX. RAID 10 (RAID 0+1).XXGB Non-RAID Disk XX. RAID 1. and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial ATA hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge.

Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) Select Disks 128KB 0.0.0. [↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 2.Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) To create a RAID 0 set: 1. Create RAID Volume. then press <Space> to select. All Rights Reserved.1032 ICH8R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive. [↑↓]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete 5. 3. From the utility main menu. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. When the RAID Level item is highlighted. select 1. When the Disks item is highlighted. then press <Enter>.XGB XX.XGB XX. 5-46 Chapter 5: Software support . press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to configure as RAID. 4. then press <Enter>. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set. [ SELECT DISKS ] Port 0 1 2 3 Drive Model XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX Serial # XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Size XX. A small triangle marks the selected drive. then press <Enter>.0 GB Create Volume [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This screen appears.XGB Status Non-RAID Non-RAID Non-RAID Non-RAID Disk Disk Disk Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 0(Stripe).XGB XX. This pop-up screen appears.

7. and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.6. This warning message appears. 8. then press <Enter>. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want. The default stripe size is 128 KB. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. ASUS P5B Premium 5-47 . Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu. then press <Enter>. or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9.

0. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go back to Create Volume menu. This screen appears. select 1. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. 4. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 6. When the Capacity item is highlighted.1032 ICH8R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 3. then press <Enter>.0. When the RAID Level item is highlighted. press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 1(Mirror). This warning message appears. 5-48 Chapter 5: Software support .Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) To create a RAID 1 set: 1. [↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set. then press <Enter>. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters.X GB Create Volume [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. key in the RAID volume capacity that you want. All Rights Reserved. then press <Enter>. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. From the utility main menu. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5. Create RAID Volume. 5. then press <Enter>. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) Select Disks N/A XX.

This screen appears.X GB Create Volume [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. then press <Enter>.0. press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 10 array. ASUS P5B Premium 5-49 . then press <Enter>. When the RAID Level item is highlighted. and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0+1) To create a RAID 10 set: 1. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume10 RAID10(RAID0+1) Select Disks 128KB XXX. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want then press <Enter> when the Capacity item is highlighted. From the utility main menu. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5. The default stripe size is 64 KB. All Rights Reserved. press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 10(RAID0+1).1032 ICH8R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation.0. then press <Enter>. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 2. We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems. select 1. Create RAID Volume. 5. 3. When the Stripe Size item is highlighted. then press <Enter>. 4.

WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. When the RAID Level item is highlighted. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5. Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) To create a RAID 5 set: 1. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu. All Rights Reserved. then press <Enter>. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume5 RAID5(Parity) Select Disks 64KB 0. 3. Enter a name for the RAID 5 set.0 GB Create Volume [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. select 1.0. From the utility main menu.0. 5-50 Chapter 5: Software support .1032 ICH8R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters.6. then press <Enter>. This warning message appears. press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 5(Parity). Create RAID Volume. [↑↓]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 2. then press <Enter>. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 7. This screen appears.

and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.XGB XX. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. [↑↓]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete 5. The following pop-up screen appears. We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems. This warning message appears. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the drive you want to set. The default stripe size is 64 KB. then press <Enter> when the Capacity item is highlighted. then press <Enter>. [ SELECT DISKS ] Port 0 1 2 3 Drive Model XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX Serial # XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Size XX. 6. 7.XGB Status Non-RAID Non-RAID Non-RAID Non-RAID Disk Disk Disk Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu. When the Stripe Size item is highlighted.XGB XX.XGB XX. A small triangle marks the selected drive. The Disks item is highlighted. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want. press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 5 array. then press <Space> to select. ASUS P5B Premium 5-51 .4. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. 8. press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to configure as RAID. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB.

2.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006. 4. 2. See section 4. Inc. Enter the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility to set up your RAID configuration. 4. Set the JMicron Controller Mode item in the BIOS to [RAID].6 Creating a RAID driver disk for details.5.5. Always install the JMB363 driver before creating RAID sets. Advanced BIOS SETUP UTILITY Enable or Disable High Definition Audio Controller Configure Win627EHF Super IO Chipset HD Audio Controller Front Panel Support Type Onboard 1394 Controller Onboard PCIE GbE LAN_1 LAN Option ROM Onboard PCI LAN_2 LAN Option ROM JMicron SATA/PATA Controller JMicron Controller Mode Serial Port1 Address [Enabled] [AC97] [Enabled] [Enabled] [Disabled] [Enabled] [Disabled] [Enabled] [RAID] [3F8/IRQ4] +F1 F10 ESC Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02. 3. preferably with the same model and capacity. Create a JMB363 RAID driver disk for Windows® OS installation. American Megatrends.3 JMicron® RAID Configuration The JMicron® Serial ATA controller allows you to configure RAID 0. A write-enabled floppy disk Microsoft® Windows® OS installation disk (Windows 2000/XP) Motherboard support CD with JMB363 driver Complete the following steps before you create a RAID set: 1. Install the internal Serial ATA hard disk drive to the SATA connector labeled SATA�RAID or SATA�RAID1. 3. See section 5. - Chapter 5: Software support . RAID 1 and JBOD sets on the external Serial ATA hard disk drives. Install the JMB363 driver after the Windows® OS had been installed.6 Onboard Devices Configuration for details. Two SATA HDDs. Before creating a RAID set Prepare the following items: 1. Install an internal Serial ATA hard disk drive and an external Serial ATA hard disk drive on your system. 5.4.

JMicron Technology Corp. Use the arrow keys to move the color bar and navigate through the items. highlight Create RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving ASUS P5B Premium - .97 [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving [RAID Disk Drive List] [Hard HDD0: HDD1: Disk Drive List] Model Name Capacity HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Type/Status Non-RAID Non-RAID [ TAB]-Switch Window [↑↓]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit Creating a RAID set 1.Entering the JMB363 RAID BIOS utility 1. During POST.. press <Ctrl-J> to enter the JBM363 RAID BIOS menu. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu.. The main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu appears.97 Copyright (C) 2004-2005 JMicron Technology http://www. JMicron Technology Corp. 2. 3. jmicron.com HDD0 : HDS722516VLSA80 HDD1 : HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Non-RAID 164 GB Non-RAID Press <Ctrl-J> to enter RAID Setup Utility.

[Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB Confirm Creation - Chapter 5: Software support . Repeat the process until the HDDs are selected. Use the up/down arrow to choose the block size. When the Level item is highlighted. use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set that you want to create. Key in the RAID volume capacity. use the up/down arrow key to highlight an HDD that you want to belong to the RAID set.2. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. [Hard Disk Drive List] Model Name HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 Capacity XXX GB XXX GB Type/Status Non-RAID Non-RAID 4. then press the space bar to confirm selection. [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB Confirm Creation [Create New RAID] Name : JRAID Level: 1-Mirror Disks: Select Disk Block: N/A Size : 159 GB Confirm Creation 3. When the Disks item is highlighted. A selected HDD shows a sign before it.

PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0. 6.97 [Create New RAID] Name: JRAID Level: 0-Stripe Disks: Select Disk Block: 128 KB Size : 319 GB Confirm Creation [Hard Disk Drive List] Model Name Available HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB Type/Status Non-RAID Non-RAID [RAID Disk Drive List] Create RAID on the selected HDD (Y/N)? Y CONFIRM RAID CREATION ALL DATA ON THE SELECTED HARD DISK WILL BE LOST WHEN EXIT WITH SAVING [ TAB]-Switch Window [↑↓]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. The following screen appears. displaying the relevant information about the RAID set you created. [RAID Disk Drive List] Model Name RAID Level RDD0: JRAID 0-Stripe Capacity XXX GB Status Members(HDDx) Normal 01 ASUS P5B Premium - . otherwise. press <N>. A dialogue box appears to confirm the action. JMicron Technology Corp. When done.5. Press <Y> to confirm. press <Enter> to confirm the creation of the RAID set.

- Chapter 5: Software support . Press the <Del> key to delete the 3. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving 2.Deleting a RAID set 1.97 [Main Menu] [Hard Disk Drive List] Create RAID Disk Drive Model Name Capacity Type/Status Delete RAID Disk Drive HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside Revert HDD to Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving [RAID Disk Drive List] ALL DATA ON THE RAID WILL BE LOST!! ModelARE YOU RAID Level DELETE (Y/N)? Y Name Capacity Status SURE TO Members(HDDx) RDD0: JRAID 0-Stripe XXX GB Normal 01 [ TAB]-Switch Window [↑↓]-Select Item [ENTER]-Action [ESC]-Exit Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDDs. A dialogue box appears to confirm the action. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0. Use the space bar to select the RAID set you want to delete. Press <Y> to confirm. sign before it. A selected set shows a set. press <N>. JMicron Technology Corp. highlight Delete RAID Disk Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. otherwise.

you cannot select this HDD when configuring a RAID set through the JMB363 utility. press <N>. A dialogue box appears to confirm the action. To reset disks to non-RAID: 1. ASUS P5B Premium - . Pressing <Y> deletes all the data in the HDD. however. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving 2.Resetting disks to non-RAID An HDD that has been previously configured as part of another RAID set in another platform is called a broken RAID HDD. lose all data and previous RAID configurations. highlight Revert HDD to non-RAID using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu. Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to reset to non-RAID. Press <Y> to confirm. If you still want to use this broken RAID HDD as part of the RAID set configured through the JMB363. You will. otherwise. When you install a broken RAID HDD. you may do so by resetting the disk to non-RAID. 3. A selected HDD shows a sign before it.

JMicron Technology Corp... Use the space bar to select the HDD that you want to set as source drive. PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0. Using the <TAB>. move to the RAID Disk Drive List menu and highlight the RAID set that you want to rebuild. This option allows you to set the source drive and rebuild the Mirror drive according to the contents of the source drive.Solving a Mirror conflict A Mirror conflict occurs when both disks in a RAID 1 (Mirror) configuration are unplugged from the system in turn.. highlight Solve Mirror Conflict using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>. then plugged in again.. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving 2. please wait. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu.97 [Main Menu] [Hard Disk Drive List] Create RAID Disk Drive Model Name Capacity Type/Status Delete RAID Disk Drive HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside Revert HDD to Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving [RAID Disk Drive List] Model Name Members(HDDx) RDD0: JRAID RAID Level 1-Mirror Capacity XXX GB Status Rebuild 01 Rebuilding. The selected HDD shows a sign before it. 3. To solve a Mirror conflict: 1. A status bar at the bottom of the screen shows the progress of the rebuilding. - Chapter 5: Software support . the system will be unable to determine which of the two is the source drive. Press <Del> to begin rebuilding the Mirror configuration. Since both disks contain exactly the same data. 01%.

. ASUS P5B Premium -9 . PCI-to-SATA II/IDE RAID Controller BIOS v0. otherwise. highlight Rebuild Mirror Drive using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter>.. Saving the settings and exiting setup When you have finished. Press <Y> to confirm. In the main JMB363 RAID BIOS menu. a dialogue box appears to ask you to rebuild the Mirror drive. Using the <TAB>. Press <Del> to begin rebuilding the Mirror configuration. 01%.. press <N>. A status bar at the bottom of the screen shows the progress of the rebuilding. then plugged in again. To rebuild a Mirror drive: 1. A dialogue box appears to confirm the action. Press <Y> to confirm. press <N> to return to the JMB RAID BIOS menu.Rebuilding a Mirror Drive When one of the disks in a RAID 1 (Mirror) configuration is unplugged from the system. highlight Save & Exit Setup using the up/down arrow key then press <Enter> to save the current RAID configuration and exit the JMB363 RAID BOS utility. This option allows you to rebuild the Mirror drive later and synchronize the data between two hard disks. [Main Menu] Create RAID Disk Drive Delete RAID Disk Drive Revert HDD to Non-RAID Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving 2.. move to the RAID Disk Drive List menu and highlight the RAID set that you want to rebuild.97 [Main Menu] [Hard Disk Drive List] Create RAID Disk Drive Model Name Capacity Type/Status Delete RAID Disk Drive HDD0: HDS722516VLSA80 164 GB RAID Inside Revert HDD to Non-RAID HDD1: HDS722516DLA380 164 GB RAID Inside Solve Mirror Conflict Rebuild Mirror Drive Save and Exit Setup Exit Without Saving [RAID Disk Drive List] Model Name Members(HDDx) RDD0: JRAID RAID Level 1-Mirror Capacity XXX GB Status Rebuild 01 Rebuilding. otherwise. please wait. JMicron Technology Corp.

Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device. Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive. 9. 2. Insert the support CD into the optical drive. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 2. 3. Place the motherboard support CD into the optical drive. 3. Save changes and exit BIOS.6. 3. 7. -0 During the OS installation.” When the menu appears.6.1 1. 5. the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. make sure you select Intel(R) 82801GH/GM SATA RAID Controller (Desktop ICH8R) and JMicron JMB363. 6. Insert a formatted floppy disk into the floppy drive then press <Enter>. When prompted to select the SCSI adapter to install. 2. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. 5. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility. 4. To install the RAID driver: 1.5.6 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows® 2000/XP and later operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS To create a RAID driver disk without entering the OS: Boot your computer.2 1. 5. Go to the Make Disk menu. 4. 5. 4. Creating a RAID driver disk in Windows® To create a RAID driver disk in Windows®: Start Windows®. 8. Press any key when the system prompts “Press any key to boot from the optical drive. then click Intel ICH8R 32/64 bit RAID Driver Disk to create an Intel® ICH8R RAID driver disk or the Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64-bit RAID Driver to create a JMicron JMB363 RAID driver disk. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. Chapter 5: Software support . press <1> to create a RAID driver disk.

ATI® CrossFire™ technology support 6 .This chapter tells how to install ATI® CrossFire™ graphics cards to avail of ATI’s Multi-Video Processing technology.

....................................3 Overview ..........2 6............ 6-2 Software information ..............Chapter summary 6 6......................... 6-1 Installing CrossFire™ graphics cards . 6-5 ASUS P5B Premium ...................................1 6................................................................

6.com) The maximum resolution of Radeon™ X850 CrossFire™ Edition is 1600 x 1200 at 65 MHz when you use DVI output.Windows® XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) . Select your current graphics card driver/s.ati.6. The ATI CrossFire™ technology supports only the following operating systems: . 5. Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the ATI® CrossFire™ Technology. Select Add/Remove. • • • 6. • Visit the ATI website or download the Radeon® X850 Crossfire™ Edition User’s Guide from the support CD for detailed hardware requirements and installation procedures. ATX Power connectors on page 2-32 for details. Download the latest driver from the ATI website (www. 3. Close all current applications.1 Overview The motherboard supports the ATI® CrossFire™ technology that allows you to install multi-graphics processing units (GPU) graphics cards.2 Before you begin Uninstall other graphics card drivers in your system To uninstall other graphics card drivers: 1. Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. such as the ASUS P5W DH Deluxe motherboard. Go to Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs.1 • • • • Requirements CrossFire™ Edition graphics card (Master) CrossFire™-ready graphics card (Slave) CrossFire™-ready motherboard.1. 4. Follow the installation procedures in this section.1. See 10.Windows® XP Professional 64-bit Edition. Restart your system. ASUS P5B Premium 6-1 . 2.

Prepare one CrossFire™ Edition (Master) graphics card and one CrossFire™-ready (Slave) graphics card. 6-2 Chapter 6: ATI® MVP technology support . To install the graphics cards: 1.6.2 Installing CrossFire™ graphics cards Before ins talling a CrossFire™ system. Insert the CrossFire™ Edition (Master) graphics card into the PCI Express x16 orange slot. Slave graphics card Master graphics card 2. refer to the user guide that came with the ATI® CrossFire™ Edition graphics card. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.

Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. Insert the CrossFire™-ready (Slave) graphics card into the PCI Express x16 black slot. ASUS P5B Premium 6-3 . Connect an auxiliary power source from the power supply to the graphics cards. 4.3.

Connect the loose end to the corresponding port on your monitor. Connect one end of the external cable to the Master graphics card. Connect the other end of the external cable to the Slave graphics card.5. 7. 6 7 6-4 Chapter 6: ATI® MVP technology support . 6.

6. Place the CrossFire™ installation CD in your optical drive and install drivers from the opening menu. 1. Turn on your system and log in with administrator rights. 4. Windows® auto-detects the CrossFire™ graphics cards and displays the Found New Hardware Wizard window. 3. Click Next to continue from the installation window that appears. Read the License Agreement.3 6. ASUS P5B Premium 6-5 .3. Click Cancel.1 Software information Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. then click Yes. 5. 2. The ATI CrossFire™ technology supports only the following operating systems: • Windows® XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) • Windows® XP Professional 64-bit Edition.

The status windows indicates the progress of the installation. indicating that the driver files have been copied to your computer. Click Yes to restart your computer now or No to restart later 8. 7. Select the components that you want to install. as well as the ATI driver. Click Finish. 6-6 Chapter 6: ATI® MVP technology support . Windows automatically configures the ATI Catalyst Control Center. • • Select Express to install the HydraVision™ multi-monitor and desktop management software. The Setup Complete window appears.6. Setup prepares the installation wizard that will guide you to setup process. Select Custom to individually choose desired software components. then click Next.

enable/disable connected devices. ASUS P5B Premium 6-7 . doubleclick the Catalyst™ Control Center icon. Use this application to adjust your graphic settings.2 Using the Catalyst™ Control Center The Catalyst™ Control Center allows you to access display features of the ATI hardware and software you installed. click Start > ATI Catalyst™ Control Center > Catalyst™ Control Center Double-click the Catalyst™ Control Center desktop shortcut. and change your desktop orientation.3. • On the Windows® task bar. Launching the Catalyst™ Control Center • • There are several ways to launch the Catalyst™ Control Center: On the Windows® task bar.6.

simple view with wizards for beginners Advance . 6-8 Chapter 6: ATI® MVP technology support .The Catalyst™ Control Center Dialog Box View The Catalyst™ Control Center provides two views: Standard .allows advanced users to access and configure the complete features of the software Set to Advance view to enable the CrossFire™ function.

which allows you to create key combinations as shortcuts for performing certain functions quickly. ASUS P5B Premium 6-9 . 3 2 4 Hotkeys Click the Hotkeys tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to access the Hotkeys Manager.To enable CrossFire™: 1. In the CrossFire™ Settings dialog. 3. tick the box opposite Enable CrossFire™. Click the Crossfire™ item in Graphics Settings. 2. Set the view to Advance.

video.Profiles Click the Profiles tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to access the Profiles Manager. Preferences Click the Preferences tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to select a language. which allows you to create customized environments for your desktop. change skins. restore defaults. 6-10 Chapter 6: ATI® MVP technology support . or enable/disable the System Tray icon. and 3D applications.

Help Click the Help tab on the Catalyst™ Control Center to access the online help system. ASUS P5B Premium 6-11 . and get the Catalyst™ Control Center version information. generate a Problem Report.

6-12 Chapter 6: ATI® MVP technology support .

The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. CPU features A .

.A-1 Intel® Hyper-Threading Technology .................2 A.....................3 Intel EM64T......................................1 A....Chapter summary A.............A-3 ® A ASUS P5B Premium ........A-1 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Technology (EIST) ...................................................

A. 4. A.1 Intel® EM64T • • The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel® Pentium® 4 LGA775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. Visit www. or visit the related website. if any. Install an Intel® Pentium® 4 CPU that supports the Intel® EM64T.com/ support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS. The motherboard comes with a BIOS file that supports EM64T. You can download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS website (www. check your system if it meets the following requirements: Intel® Pentium® 4 processor with EIST support Operating system with EIST support (Windows® XP SP2/Windows® Server 2003 SP1/Linux 2.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep® Technology (EIST) • The motherboard comes with a BIOS file that supports EIST.com/ support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS file. 2.microsoft.6 kernel or later versions) BIOS file with EIST support ASUS P5B Premium A-1 . Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows® XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows® Server 2003 x64 Edition).2. to verify if the card/device supports a 64-bit system. Visit www.intel. See Chapter 4 for details. Refer to the expansion card or add-on device(s) documentation.com for more information on the EM64T feature. Visit www.intel. • • Using the Intel® EM64T feature To use the Intel® EM64T feature: 1.com for more information on Windows® 64-bit OS.asus.1 • • • System requirements Before using EIST.com for more information on the EIST feature. 3.asus. See Chapter 4 for details. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices. • A. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support CD. You can download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS website (www.

3. 2. 10. 7.2 1. 8. then press <Enter>. then click OK. click . Using the EIST To use the EIST feature: Turn on the computer. See page 4-27 for details. Click the Power button on the Monitor power section to open the Power Options Properties window. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup.A. right click on a blank space on the desktop. Set the Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology item to [Automatic]. the CPU internal frequency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low. On the Power schemes section. Close the Display Properties window. 6. 5. When the Display Properties window appears. After the computer restarts. then press <Enter>. After you adjust the power scheme. then enter the BIOS Setup.2. 9. Click Apply. then select Properties from the pop-up menu. The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operating system. then select any option except Home/Office Desktop or Always On. highlight CPU Configuration. A- Appendix: CPU features . 4. click the Screen Saver tab. Go to the Advanced Menu.

Under the Advanced Menu. com/info/hyperthreading. Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system.x (kernel) and later versions only.4. If you are using any other operating systems. Installing Windows® XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. Restart the computer. make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology is set to Enabled. Under Linux. ASUS P5B Premium A- . See page 4-27 for details. 2. visit www. 3. For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology. Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows® XP/2003 Server and Linux 2. Install an Intel® Pentium® 4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology.3 Intel® Hyper-Threading Technology • • The motherboard supports Intel® Pentium® 4 LGA775 processors with Hyper-Threading Technology.A. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. The BIOS item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology.intel. • • • Using the Hyper-Threading Technology To use the Hyper-Threading Technology: 1.

A- Appendix: CPU features .